xemacs-beta: man/texinfo.tex comparison

comparison man/texinfo.tex @ 5497:70af4098e14f

Merge by hand with the changeset that backed out e82f5b7010fe. man/ChangeLog addition: 2011-05-02 Aidan Kehoe <kehoea@parhasard.net> * Makefile: * texinfo.tex: Merge by hand with the changeset that backed out e82f5b7010fe (e82f5b7010fe is incompatible with deployed versions of makeinfo as of today).

author	Aidan Kehoe <kehoea@parhasard.net>
date	Mon, 02 May 2011 10:51:26 +0100
parents	1f0b15040456 a7da359711ce
children	3fe8358ad59a

comparison

equal deleted inserted replaced

-:1f0b15040456
+:70af4098e14f
 % texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
 %
 % Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
 \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
 %
-\def\texinfoversion{2011-05-01.18}
+\def\texinfoversion{2010-11-07.00}
 %
-% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
+% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99
-% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
+% Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-% 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+%
-%
+% This file is part of XEmacs.
-% This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
+%
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+% This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it
-% published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+% and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% License, or (at your option) any later version.
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of
+% the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 %
 % This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
 % useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
 % of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 % General Public License for more details.
 %
 % You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+% along with this texinfo.tex file.  If not, see
-%
+% <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
+%
-% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
+% In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
-% restriction.  (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.)
+% You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
+% what you give them.   Help stamp out software-hoarding!
 %
 % Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
 % reports; you can get the latest version from:
-%   http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or
+%   ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo.tex
-%   ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
+%   (and all GNU mirrors, see http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html)
-%     (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org).
+%   ftp://texinfo.org/tex/texinfo.tex
-% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
+%   ftp://us.ctan.org/macros/texinfo/texinfo.tex
+%   (and all CTAN mirrors, finger ctan@us.ctan.org for a list).
+%   /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines.
+% The texinfo.tex in any given Texinfo distribution could well be out
 % of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
+% Texinfo has a small home page at http://texinfo.org/.
 %
 % Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org.  Please include including a
 % complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
 % problem.  Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
 %
 % manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
 %   tex foo.texi
 %   texindex foo.??
 %   tex foo.texi
 %   tex foo.texi
-%   dvips foo.dvi -o  # or whatever; this makes foo.ps.
+%   dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever, to process the dvi file; this makes foo.ps.
-% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct.
+% The extra runs of TeX get the cross-reference information correct.
 % Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
 % than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
 %
-% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
+% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages.  You can get
-% extent.  You can get the existing language-specific files from the
+% the existing language-specific files from ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/.
-% full Texinfo distribution.
-%
-% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
 \message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
 % If in a .fmt file, print the version number
 % and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
 % they might have appeared in the input file name.
 \everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
 \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
+% Save some parts of plain tex whose names we will redefine.
-\chardef\other=12
-% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
-% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
-\let\+ = \relax
-% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine.
 \let\ptexb=\b
 \let\ptexbullet=\bullet
 \let\ptexc=\c
 \let\ptexcomma=\,
 \let\ptexdot=\.
 \let\ptexdots=\dots
 \let\ptexend=\end
 \let\ptexequiv=\equiv
 \let\ptexexclam=\!
-\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
-\let\ptexgtr=>
-\let\ptexhat=^
 \let\ptexi=\i
-\let\ptexindent=\indent
-\let\ptexinsert=\insert
 \let\ptexlbrace=\{
-\let\ptexless=<
-\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite
-\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
-\let\ptexplus=+
 \let\ptexrbrace=\}
-\let\ptexslash=\/
 \let\ptexstar=\*
 \let\ptext=\t
-\let\ptextop=\top
+% We never want plain's outer \+ definition in Texinfo.
+% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
+\let\+ = \relax
+\message{Basics,}
+\chardef\other=12
 % If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
 % starts a new line in the output.
 \newlinechar = `^^J
-% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
-% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
-%
-\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
-\let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
-\else
-\def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space}
-\fi
 % Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
 \ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined  \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
 \ifx\putwordChapter\undefined   \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
 \ifx\putwordfile\undefined      \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
 %
 \ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
 \ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined   \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
 \ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
 \ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeftypevar\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypevar{Variable}\fi
 \ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined   \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeftypefun\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypefun{Function}\fi
-% Since the category of space is not known, we have to be careful.
-\chardef\spacecat = 10
-\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat}
-% sometimes characters are active, so we need control sequences.
-\chardef\colonChar = `\:
-\chardef\commaChar = `\,
-\chardef\dashChar  = `\-
-\chardef\dotChar   = `\.
-\chardef\exclamChar= `\!
-\chardef\lquoteChar= `\`
-\chardef\questChar = `\?
-\chardef\rquoteChar= `\'
-\chardef\semiChar  = `\;
-\chardef\underChar = `\_
 % Ignore a token.
 %
 \def\gobble#1{}
-% The following is used inside several \edef's.
+\hyphenation{ap-pen-dix}
-\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
+\hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers}
+\hyphenation{eshell}
-% Hyphenation fixes.
+\hyphenation{white-space}
-\hyphenation{
-Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script
-ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps
-data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script
-man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm
-par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces
-spell-ing spell-ings
-stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space
-wide-spread wrap-around
-}
 % Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
-\newdimen\bindingoffset
+\newdimen \bindingoffset
-\newdimen\normaloffset
+\newdimen \normaloffset
 \newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
-% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
-% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
-% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
-%
-\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
-% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line.  It should
-% surround any changed text.  This approach does *not* work if the
-% change spans more than two lines of output.  To handle that, we would
-% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
-% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
-%
-\def\|{%
-% \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
-\leavevmode
-%
-% Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
-\vadjust{%
-% We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
-% leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
-\vskip-\baselineskip
-%
-% \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type.  So
-% the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
-\llap{%
-%
-% For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
-\vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
-%
-% This is the space between the bar and the text.
-\hskip 12pt
-}%
-}%
-}
 % Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
 % and nothing on the terminal.  We don't just call \tracingall here,
-% since that produces some useless output on the terminal.  We also make
+% since that produces some useless output on the terminal.
-% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log
-% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX.
 %
 \def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
-\def\loggingall{%
+\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
-\tracingstats2
+\def\loggingall{\tracingcommands2 \tracingstats2
-\tracingpages1
+\tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1
-\tracinglostchars2  % 2 gives us more in etex
+\tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1
-\tracingparagraphs1
+\showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen
-\tracingoutput1
-\tracingmacros2
-\tracingrestores1
-\showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
-\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging
-\tracingscantokens1
-\tracingifs1
-\tracinggroups1
-\tracingnesting2
-\tracingassigns1
-\fi
-\tracingcommands3  % 3 gives us more in etex
-\errorcontextlines16
 }%
+\else
-% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions.  If the last thing
+\def\loggingall{\tracingcommands3 \tracingstats2
-% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
+\tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1
-%
+\tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1
-\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
+\tracingscantokens1 \tracingassigns1 \tracingifs1
-\removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
+\tracinggroups1 \tracingnesting2
-\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
+\showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen
-\removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
+}%
-\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
+\fi
-\removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
 % For @cropmarks command.
 % Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
 %
 \newif\ifcropmarks
 \newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
 \newdimen\cornerlong  \cornerlong=1pc
 \newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
 \newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
-% Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor.
-% We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark.
-% This works because we only use \botmark / \topmark, not \firstmark.
-%
-% A mark contains a subexpression of the \ifcase ... \fi construct.
-% \get*marks macros below extract the needed part using \ifcase.
-%
-% Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter
-% (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top
-% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page.  The solution is
-% described on page 260 of The TeXbook.  It involves outputting two
-% marks for the sectioning macros, one before the section break, and
-% one after.  I won't pretend I can describe this better than DEK...
-\def\domark{%
-\toks0=\expandafter{\lastchapterdefs}%
-\toks2=\expandafter{\lastsectiondefs}%
-\toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}%
-\toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}%
-\toks8=\expandafter{\lastcolordefs}%
-\mark{%
-\the\toks0 \the\toks2
-\noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6
-\noexpand\else \the\toks8
-}%
-}
-% \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title
-% page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us
-% the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g.,
-% @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very
-% first @chapter.
-\def\gettopheadingmarks{%
-\ifcase0\topmark\fi
-\ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi
-}
-\def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi}
-\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\topmark\fi}
-% Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors.
-\def\lastchapterdefs{}
-\def\lastsectiondefs{}
-\def\prevchapterdefs{}
-\def\prevsectiondefs{}
-\def\lastcolordefs{}
 % Main output routine.
 \chardef\PAGE = 255
 \output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
 \newbox\headlinebox
 \ifodd\pageno  \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
 \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
 %
 % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
 % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
-\ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi
 \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
-\ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi
 \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
 %
 {%
 % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
 % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
 % before the \shipout runs.
 %
+\escapechar = `\\     % use backslash in output files.
 \indexdummies         % don't expand commands in the output.
 \normalturnoffactive  % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
 % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
-% We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this:
-% \entry{{\tt \indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}}
-% "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in;
-% it needs to be
-% {\code {{\tt \backslashcurfont }acronym}
 \shipout\vbox{%
-% Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
-\ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
-%
 \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
 \hsize = \outerhsize
 \vskip-\topandbottommargin
 \vtop to0pt{%
 \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}%
 %
 \unvbox\headlinebox
 \pagebody{#1}%
 \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
 % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
-% (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.)
+% (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.)
 % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
-\vskip 24pt
+\vskip 2\baselineskip
 \unvbox\footlinebox
 \fi
+%
+\ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfmkdest{\the\pageno} \fi
 %
 \ifcropmarks
 \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
 \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
 \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
 \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}%
 }%
 \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
 \fi
 }% end of \shipout\vbox
-}% end of group with \indexdummies
+}% end of group with \turnoffactive
 \advancepageno
 \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
 }
 \newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
 {\catcode`\@ =11
 \gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
 % marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
 \ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
 \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
-\dimen@=\dp#1\relax \unvbox#1\relax
+\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1
 \ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
 \ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
 }
 % Here are the rules for the cropmarks.  Note that they are
 % Parse an argument, then pass it to #1.  The argument is the rest of
 % the input line (except we remove a trailing comment).  #1 should be a
 % macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
 %
-\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
+\def\parsearg#1{%
-\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
+\let\next = #1%
-\def\argtorun{#2}%
 \begingroup
 \obeylines
-\spaceisspace
+\futurelet\temp\parseargx
-#1%
+}
-\parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
-}
+% If the next token is an obeyed space (from an @example environment or
+% the like), remove it and recurse.  Otherwise, we're done.
+\def\parseargx{%
+% \obeyedspace is defined far below, after the definition of \sepspaces.
+\ifx\obeyedspace\temp
+\expandafter\parseargdiscardspace
+\else
+\expandafter\parseargline
+\fi
+}
+% Remove a single space (as the delimiter token to the macro call).
+{\obeyspaces %
+\gdef\parseargdiscardspace {\futurelet\temp\parseargx}}
 {\obeylines %
 \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
 \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
-\argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm%
+%
+% First remove any @c comment, then any @comment.
+% Result of each macro is put in \toks0.
+\argremovec #1\c\relax %
+\expandafter\argremovecomment \the\toks0 \comment\relax %
+%
+% Call the caller's macro, saved as \next in \parsearg.
+\expandafter\next\expandafter{\the\toks0}%
 }%
 }
-% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment.
+% Since all \c{,omment} does is throw away the argument, we can let TeX
-\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
+% do that for us.  The \relax here is matched by the \relax in the call
-\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
+% in \parseargline; it could be more or less anything, its purpose is
+% just to delimit the argument to the \c.
-% Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
+\def\argremovec#1\c#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}}
-%
+\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}}
-% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g.,
+% \argremovec{,omment} might leave us with trailing spaces, though; e.g.,
 %    @end itemize  @c foo
-% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed
+% will have two active spaces as part of the argument with the
-% by \finishparsearg.
+% `itemize'.  Here we remove all active spaces from #1, and assign the
-%
+% result to \toks0.
-\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M}
+%
-\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M}
+% This loses if there are any *other* active characters besides spaces
-\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{%
+% in the argument -- _ ^ +, for example -- since they get expanded.
-\def\temp{#3}%
+% Fortunately, Texinfo does not define any such commands.  (If it ever
-\ifx\temp\empty
+% does, the catcode of the characters in questionwill have to be changed
-% Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp:
+% here.)  But this means we cannot call \removeactivespaces as part of
-\let\temp\finishparsearg
+% \argremovec{,omment}, since @c uses \parsearg, and thus the argument
+% that \parsearg gets might well have any character at all in it.
+%
+\def\removeactivespaces#1{%
+\begingroup
+\ignoreactivespaces
+\edef\temp{#1}%
+\global\toks0 = \expandafter{\temp}%
+\endgroup
+}
+% Change the active space to expand to nothing.
+%
+\begingroup
+\obeyspaces
+\gdef\ignoreactivespaces{\obeyspaces\let =\empty}
+\endgroup
+\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
+%% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away
+%% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup)
+\newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi}
+\def\ENVcheck{%
+\ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment; press RETURN to continue}
+\endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage
+% @begin foo  is the same as @foo, for now.
+\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
+\outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx}
+\def\beginxxx #1{%
+\expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax
+{\errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command @begin #1}}\else
+\csname #1\endcsname\fi}
+% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
+%
+\def\end{\parsearg\endxxx}
+\def\endxxx #1{%
+\removeactivespaces{#1}%
+\edef\endthing{\the\toks0}%
+%
+\expandafter\ifx\csname E\endthing\endcsname\relax
+\expandafter\ifx\csname \endthing\endcsname\relax
+% There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo.
+\errhelp = \EMsimple
+\errmessage{Undefined command `@end \endthing'}%
+\else
+\unmatchedenderror\endthing
+\fi
 \else
-\let\temp\argcheckspaces
+% Everything's ok; the right environment has been started.
+\csname E\endthing\endcsname
 \fi
-% Put the space token in:
+}
-\temp#1 #3\ArgTerm
-}
+% There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started.  Give an error.
+%
-% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so
+\def\unmatchedenderror#1{%
-% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation.
-% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now,
-% just before passing the control to \argtorun.
-% (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is
-% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger
-% that a pair of braces would be stripped.
-%
-% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token.
-%
-\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}}
-% \parseargdef\foo{...}
-%	is roughly equivalent to
-% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
-% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
-%
-% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my
-% favourite TeX trick.  --kasal, 16nov03
-\def\parseargdef#1{%
-\expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
-}
-\def\doparseargdef#1#2{%
-\def#2{\parsearg#1}%
-\def#1##1%
-}
-% Several utility definitions with active space:
-{
-\obeyspaces
-\gdef\obeyedspace{ }
-% Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
-% space in the output.  Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
-% is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
-% should produce a line of output anyway.
-%
-\gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}
-% If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
-% therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
-% expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
-\gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space}
-}
-\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
-% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex.  It's used like this:
-%
-%   \envdef\foo{...}
-%   \def\Efoo{...}
-%
-% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the
-% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo.  \envdef also
-% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks
-% whether the environment name matches.  The \checkenv macro can also be
-% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected.
-%
-% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they
-% are not treated as environments; they don't open a group.  (The
-% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this
-% special case.)
-% At run-time, environments start with this:
-\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}}
-% initialize
-\let\thisenv\empty
-% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'':
-\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
-\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
-% Check whether we're in the right environment:
-\def\checkenv#1{%
-\def\temp{#1}%
-\ifx\thisenv\temp
-\else
-\badenverr
-\fi
-}
-% Environment mismatch, #1 expected:
-\def\badenverr{%
 \errhelp = \EMsimple
-\errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp,
+\errmessage{This `@end #1' doesn't have a matching `@#1'}%
-not \inenvironment\thisenv}%
+}
-}
-\def\inenvironment#1{%
+% Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error.
-\ifx#1\empty
+%
-out of any environment%
+\def\defineunmatchedend#1{%
-\else
+\expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}%
-in environment \expandafter\string#1%
+}
-\fi
-}
+% Single-spacing is done by various environments (specifically, in
-% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
+% \nonfillstart and \quotations).
-% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv
+\newskip\singlespaceskip \singlespaceskip = 12.5pt
-%
+\def\singlespace{%
-\parseargdef\end{%
+% Why was this kern here?  It messes up equalizing space above and below
-\if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname
+% environments.  --karl, 6may93
-\else
+%{\advance \baselineskip by -\singlespaceskip
-% The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03
+%\kern \baselineskip}%
-\expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname
+\setleading \singlespaceskip
-\csname E#1\endcsname
+}
-\endgroup
-\fi
-}
-\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
 %% Simple single-character @ commands
 % @@ prints an @
 % Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
 \def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}}
 \def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}}
 \let\{=\mylbrace
 \let\}=\myrbrace
 \begingroup
-% Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
+% Definitions to produce actual \{ & \} command in an index.
-% and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files.
+\catcode`\{ = 12 \catcode`\} = 12
-\catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
 \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
-\catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
+\catcode`\@ = 0 \catcode`\\ = 12
-!gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
+@gdef@lbracecmd[\{]%
-!gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
+@gdef@rbracecmd[\}]%
-!gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]%
+@endgroup
-!gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]%
-!endgroup
-% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
-\let\comma = ,
 % Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
-% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
+% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @v @H.
 \let\, = \c
 \let\dotaccent = \.
 \def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
 \let\tieaccent = \t
 \let\ubaraccent = \b
 \let\udotaccent = \d
-% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
+% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown
-% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
+% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (and lowercase versions) @ss.
 \def\questiondown{?`}
 \def\exclamdown{!`}
-\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}}
-\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}}
 % Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
 \def\imacro{i}
 \def\jmacro{j}
 \def\dotless#1{%
 \def\temp{#1}%
-\ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi
+\ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi
-\else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi
+\else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j
 \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
 \fi\fi
-}
-% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
-% period following counts as ending a sentence.  (Idea found in latex.)
-%
-\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 }
-% @LaTeX{} logo.  Not quite the same results as the definition in
-% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
-% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
-% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
-% \scriptscriptstyle).
-%
-\def\LaTeX{%
-L\kern-.36em
-{\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
-\vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}%
-\kern-.15em
-\TeX
 }
 % Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
 % equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
 % at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
 \def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
 % @* forces a line break.
 \def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
-% @/ allows a line break.
-\let\/=\allowbreak
 % @. is an end-of-sentence period.
-\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
+\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 }
 % @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
-\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
+\def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 }
 % @? is an end-of-sentence query.
-\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
+\def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 }
-% @frenchspacing on|off  says whether to put extra space after punctuation.
-%
-\def\onword{on}
-\def\offword{off}
-%
-\parseargdef\frenchspacing{%
-\def\temp{#1}%
-\ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing
-\else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing
-\else
-\errhelp = \EMsimple
-\errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on/off}%
-\fi\fi
-}
 % @w prevents a word break.  Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
 % beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
 % produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
 \def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
 % \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
 % max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0).  If that height is large,
 % therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
 % the text is small, which looks bad.
 %
-% Another complication is that the group might be very large.  This can
+\def\group{\begingroup
-% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it
+\ifnum\catcode13=\active \else
-% does not have much material.  In this case, it's better to add an
-% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom.  The
-% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit
-% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex).
-%
-\newbox\groupbox
-\def\vfilllimit{0.7}
-%
-\envdef\group{%
-\ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else
 \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
 \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
 \fi
-\startsavinginserts
+%
-%
+% The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large
-\setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
+% depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the
+% next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it.  (See p.82 of
+% the TeXbook.)  Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
+% above.  But it's pretty close.
+\def\Egroup{%
+\egroup           % End the \vtop.
+\endgroup         % End the \group.
+}%
+%
+\vtop\bgroup
+% We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in
+% the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it.
+% Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group
+% and the first line afterwards is too small.  But we can't put the
+% strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself.
+% Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line.
+\everypar = {\strut}%
+%
+% Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's
+% normal interline spacing.
+\offinterlineskip
+%
+% OK, but now we have to do something about blank
+% lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally
+% just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've
+% turned off the interline space.  Simplest is to make them be an
+% empty paragraph.
+\ifx\par\lisppar
+\edef\par{\leavevmode \par}%
+%
+% Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par.
+\obeylines
+\fi
+%
 % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
 % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
 % end-of-line in the output.  We don't want the end-of-line after
 % the `@group' to put extra space in the output.  Since @group
 % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
 % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
 \comment
 }
 %
-% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts
-% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done)
-% \lineskip glue after it.  Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
-% above.  But it's pretty close.
-\def\Egroup{%
-% To get correct interline space between the last line of the group
-% and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth.
-\endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
-\global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
-\egroup           % End the \vtop.
-% \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
-\dimen0 = \ht\groupbox  \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
-% \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
-\dimen2 = \pageheight   \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
-% if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
-% group, force a page break.
-\ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
-\ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight
-\page
-\fi
-\fi
-\box\groupbox
-\prevdepth = \dimen1
-\checkinserts
-}
-%
 % TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
 % message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
 %
 \newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
 group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
 % @need space-in-mils
 % forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
 \newdimen\mil  \mil=0.001in
+\def\need{\parsearg\needx}
 % Old definition--didn't work.
-%\parseargdef\need{\par %
+%\def\needx #1{\par %
 %% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
 %% if the depth of the box does not fit.
 %{\baselineskip=0pt%
 %\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak
 %\prevdepth=-1000pt
 %}}
-\parseargdef\need{%
+\def\needx#1{%
 % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
 % paragraph.
 \par
 %
 % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
 % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
 \nobreak
 \fi
 }
-% @br   forces paragraph break (and is undocumented).
+% @br   forces paragraph break
 \let\br = \par
-% @page forces the start of a new page.
+% @dots{} output an ellipsis using the current font.
+% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter
+% font as three actual period characters.
+%
+\def\dots{%
+\leavevmode
+\hbox to 1.5em{%
+\hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil
+.\hss.\hss.%
+\hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil
+}%
+}
+% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
+%
+\def\enddots{%
+\leavevmode
+\hbox to 2em{%
+\hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil
+.\hss.\hss.\hss.%
+\hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil
+}%
+\spacefactor=3000
+}
+% @page    forces the start of a new page
 %
 \def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
 % @exdent text....
 % outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
 % This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
 % That's how much \exdent should take out.
 \newskip\exdentamount
 % This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
-\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}
+\def\exdent{\parsearg\exdentyyy}
+\def\exdentyyy #1{{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}}
 % This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
-\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
+\def\nofillexdent{\parsearg\nofillexdentyyy}
-\leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
+\def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
+\leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
-% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
-% paragraph.  For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
+% @inmargin{TEXT} puts TEXT in the margin next to the current paragraph.
-% class.  WHICH is `l' or `r'.
-%
+\def\inmargin#1{%
+\strut\vadjust{\nobreak\kern-\strutdepth
+\vtop to \strutdepth{\baselineskip\strutdepth\vss
+\llap{\rightskip=\inmarginspacing \vbox{\noindent #1}}\null}}}
 \newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
 \def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
-%
-\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
+%\hbox{{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}}
-\nobreak
-\kern-\strutdepth
+% @include file    insert text of that file as input.
-\vtop to \strutdepth{%
+% Allow normal characters that  we make active in the argument (a file name).
-\baselineskip=\strutdepth
+\def\include{\begingroup
-\vss
+\catcode`\\=12
-% if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
+\catcode`~=12
-% make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
+\catcode`^=12
-\ifx#1l%
+\catcode`_=12
-\llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
+\catcode`|=12
-\else
+\catcode`<=12
-\rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
+\catcode`>=12
-\fi
+\catcode`+=12
-\null
+\parsearg\includezzz}
-}%
+% Restore active chars for included file.
-}}
+\def\includezzz#1{\endgroup\begingroup
-\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
+% Read the included file in a group so nested @include's work.
-\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
-%
-% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
-% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
-% else use TEXT for both).
-%
-\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
-\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
-\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
-\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
-\def\lefttext{#1}%  have both texts
-\def\righttext{#2}%
-\else
-\def\lefttext{#1}%  have only one text
-\def\righttext{#1}%
-\fi
-%
-\ifodd\pageno
-\def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
-\else
-\def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
-\fi
-\temp
-}
-% @include FILE -- \input text of FILE.
-%
-\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
-\def\includezzz#1{%
-\pushthisfilestack
 \def\thisfile{#1}%
-{%
+\input\thisfile
-\makevalueexpandable  % we want to expand any @value in FILE.
+\endgroup}
-\turnoffactive        % and allow special characters in the expansion
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }%
-%
-% This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes
-% definitions, etc.
-\expandafter
-}\temp
-\popthisfilestack
-}
-\def\filenamecatcodes{%
-\catcode`\\=\other
-\catcode`~=\other
-\catcode`^=\other
-\catcode`_=\other
-\catcode`|=\other
-\catcode`<=\other
-\catcode`>=\other
-\catcode`+=\other
-\catcode`-=\other
-}
-\def\pushthisfilestack{%
-\expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm
-}
-\def\pushthisfilestackX{%
-\expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm
-}
-\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {%
-\gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}%
-}
-\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty}
-\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error:
-the stack of filenames is empty.}}
 \def\thisfile{}
-% @center line
+% @center line   outputs that line, centered
-% outputs that line, centered.
-%
+\def\center{\parsearg\centerzzz}
-\parseargdef\center{%
+\def\centerzzz #1{{\advance\hsize by -\leftskip
-\ifhmode
+\advance\hsize by -\rightskip
-\let\next\centerH
+\centerline{#1}}}
-\else
-\let\next\centerV
-\fi
-\next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
-}
-\def\centerH#1{%
-{%
-\hfil\break
-\advance\hsize by -\leftskip
-\advance\hsize by -\rightskip
-\line{#1}%
-\break
-}%
-}
-\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}}
 % @sp n   outputs n lines of vertical space
-\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
+\def\sp{\parsearg\spxxx}
+\def\spxxx #1{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
 % @comment ...line which is ignored...
 % @c is the same as @comment
 % @ignore ... @end ignore  is another way to write a comment
 \let\c=\comment
 % @paragraphindent NCHARS
 % We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
-% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'.
+% We cannot implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
-% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
+%
-%
 \def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
 \def\noneword{none}
 %
-\parseargdef\paragraphindent{%
+\def\paragraphindent{\parsearg\doparagraphindent}
+\def\doparagraphindent#1{%
 \def\temp{#1}%
 \ifx\temp\asisword
 \else
 \ifx\temp\noneword
 \defaultparindent = 0pt
 % @exampleindent NCHARS
 % We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
 % It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
 % I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
-\parseargdef\exampleindent{%
+\def\exampleindent{\parsearg\doexampleindent}
+\def\doexampleindent#1{%
 \def\temp{#1}%
 \ifx\temp\asisword
 \else
 \ifx\temp\noneword
 \lispnarrowing = 0pt
 \lispnarrowing = #1em
 \fi
 \fi
 }
-% @firstparagraphindent WORD
-% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph
-% after a section heading.  If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such
-% paragraphs.
-%
-% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling
-% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do.
-% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD.
-% By default, we suppress indentation.
-%
-\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\def\insertword{insert}
-%
-\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{%
-\def\temp{#1}%
-\ifx\temp\noneword
-\let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent
-\else\ifx\temp\insertword
-\let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax
-\else
-\errhelp = \EMsimple
-\errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}%
-\fi\fi
-}
-% Here is how we actually suppress indentation.  Redefine \everypar to
-% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty.
-%
-% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next
-% paragraph.
-%
-\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
-\gdef\indent{%
-\restorefirstparagraphindent
-\indent
-}%
-\gdef\noindent{%
-\restorefirstparagraphindent
-\noindent
-}%
-\global\everypar = {%
-\kern -\parindent
-\restorefirstparagraphindent
-}%
-}
-\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
-\global \let \indent = \ptexindent
-\global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent
-\global \everypar = {}%
-}
 % @asis just yields its argument.  Used with @table, for example.
 %
 \def\asis#1{#1}
-% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
+% @math means output in math mode.
-%
+% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control
-% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
+% sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written.  Then,
-% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}.  So make
+% we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they
-% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
+% should be, according to the definition of Texinfo).  So we must use a
-% which is what @var uses.
+% control sequence to switch into and out of math mode.
-{
+%
-\catcode`\_ = \active
+% This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it
-\gdef\mathunderscore{%
+% seems unlikely it will ever be needed there.
-\catcode`\_=\active
+%
-\def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
+\let\implicitmath = $
-}
+\def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath}
-}
-% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character.
+% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
-% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but
+\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath}
-% this is not advertised and we don't care.  Texinfo does not
+\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath}
-% otherwise define @\.
-%
-% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
-\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
-%
-\def\math{%
-\tex
-\mathunderscore
-\let\\ = \mathbackslash
-\mathactive
-% make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode
-\let\"=\ddot
-\let\'=\acute
-\let\==\bar
-\let\^=\hat
-\let\`=\grave
-\let\u=\breve
-\let\v=\check
-\let\~=\tilde
-\let\dotaccent=\dot
-$\finishmath
-}
-\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup}  % Close the group opened by \tex.
-% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
-% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
-% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
-%
-{
-\catcode`^ = \active
-\catcode`< = \active
-\catcode`> = \active
-\catcode`+ = \active
-\gdef\mathactive{%
-\let^ = \ptexhat
-\let< = \ptexless
-\let> = \ptexgtr
-\let+ = \ptexplus
-}
-}
-% Some math mode symbols.
-\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$}
-\def\geq{\ifmmode \ge\else $\ge$\fi}
-\def\leq{\ifmmode \le\else $\le$\fi}
-\def\minus{\ifmmode -\else $-$\fi}
-% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
-% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm
-% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand,
-% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em.  So do
-% whichever is larger.
-%
-\def\dots{%
-\leavevmode
-\setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods
-\ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em
-\dimen0 = \wd0
-\else
-\dimen0 = 1.5em
-\fi
-\hbox to \dimen0{%
-\hskip 0pt plus.25fil
-.\hskip 0pt plus1fil
-.\hskip 0pt plus1fil
-.\hskip 0pt plus.5fil
-}%
-}
-% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
-%
-\def\enddots{%
-\dots
-\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor
-}
-% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up
-% Texinfo's parsing.
-%
-\let\comma = ,
 % @refill is a no-op.
 \let\refill=\relax
 % If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
 % @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
 % So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
 % This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
 \def\setfilename{%
-\fixbackslash  % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
 \iflinks
-\tryauxfile
+\readauxfile
-% Open the new aux file.  TeX will close it automatically at exit.
-\immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
 \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
 \openindices
-\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
+\fixbackslash  % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
+\global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
 %
 % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
 % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
+% Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input.
 \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
-\ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi
+\ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi
-\closein 1
+\closein1
+\temp
 %
 \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
 }
 % Called from \setfilename.
 \newbox\boxA
 \newcount\countA
 \newif\ifpdf
 \newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
-% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1
-% can be set).  So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined,
-% borrowed from ifpdf.sty.
 \ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
+\pdffalse
+\let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
+\let\pdfurl = \gobble
+\let\endlink = \relax
+\let\linkcolor = \relax
+\let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
 \else
-\ifx\pdfoutput\relax
+\pdftrue
-\else
+\pdfoutput = 1
-\ifcase\pdfoutput
+\input pdfcolor
+\def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
+\def\imagewidth{#2}%
+\def\imageheight{#3}%
+\ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+\pdfimage
 \else
-\pdftrue
+\pdfximage
 \fi
-\fi
+\ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi
-\fi
+\ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi
+{#1.pdf}%
-% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets,
-% for display in the outlines, and in other places.  Thus, we have to
-% double any backslashes.  Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be
-% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e.  Not good.
-% http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html
-% (and related messages, the final outcome is that it is up to the TeX
-% user to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so
-% that's what we do).
-% double active backslashes.
-%
-{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active
-@gdef@activebackslashdouble{%
-@catcode`@\=@active
-@let\=@doublebackslash}
-}
-% To handle parens, we must adopt a different approach, since parens are
-% not active characters.  hyperref.dtx (which has the same problem as
-% us) handles it with this amazing macro to replace tokens, with minor
-% changes for Texinfo.  It is included here under the GPL by permission
-% from the author, Heiko Oberdiek.
-%
-% #1 is the tokens to replace.
-% #2 is the replacement.
-% #3 is the control sequence with the string.
-%
-\def\HyPsdSubst#1#2#3{%
-\def\HyPsdReplace##1#1##2\END{%
-##1%
-\ifx\\##2\\%
-\else
-#2%
-\HyReturnAfterFi{%
-\HyPsdReplace##2\END
-}%
-\fi
-}%
-\xdef#3{\expandafter\HyPsdReplace#3#1\END}%
-}
-\long\def\HyReturnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1}
-% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements.
-\def\backslashparens#1{%
-\xdef#1{#1}% redefine it as its expansion; the definition is simply
-% \lastnode when called from \setref -> \pdfmkdest.
-\HyPsdSubst{(}{\realbackslash(}{#1}%
-\HyPsdSubst{)}{\realbackslash)}{#1}%
-}
-\newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images
-with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found.  (.eps cannot
-be supported due to the design of the PDF format; use regular TeX (DVI
-output) for that.)}
-\ifpdf
-%
-% Color manipulation macros based on pdfcolor.tex.
-\def\cmykDarkRed{0.28 1 1 0.35}
-\def\cmykBlack{0 0 0 1}
-%
-\def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 k}}
-% Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
-% so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
-\def\setcolor#1{%
-\xdef\lastcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
-\domark
-\pdfsetcolor{#1}%
-}
-%
-\def\maincolor{\cmykBlack}
-\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
-\edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
-\def\lastcolordefs{}
-%
-\def\makefootline{%
-\baselineskip24pt
-\line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}%
-}
-%
-\def\makeheadline{%
-\vbox to 0pt{%
-\vskip-22.5pt
-\line{%
-\vbox to8.5pt{}%
-% Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks.
-\getcolormarks
-% Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color.
-\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}%
-}%
-\vss
-}%
-\nointerlineskip
-}
-%
-%
-\pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}
-%
-% #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
-\def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
-\def\imagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
-\def\imageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
-%
-% pdftex (and the PDF format) support .png, .jpg, .pdf (among
-% others).  Let's try in that order.
-\let\pdfimgext=\empty
-\begingroup
-\openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
-\openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
-\openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
-\openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
-\openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
-\openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
-\errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp
-\errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}%
-\else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}%
-\fi
-\else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}%
-\fi
-\else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}%
-\fi
-\else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}%
-\fi
-\else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}%
-\fi
-\else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}%
-\fi
-\closein 1
-\endgroup
-%
-% without \immediate, ancient pdftex seg faults when the same image is
-% included twice.  (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
-\ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
-\immediate\pdfimage
-\else
-\immediate\pdfximage
-\fi
-\ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \imagewidth \fi
-\ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \imageheight \fi
-\ifnum\pdftexversion<13
-#1.\pdfimgext
-\else
-{#1.\pdfimgext}%
-\fi
 \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
 \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
 \fi}
-%
+\def\pdfmkdest#1{\pdfdest name{#1@} xyz}
-\def\pdfmkdest#1{{%
+\def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1@}
-% We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
+\let\linkcolor = \Cyan
-% such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
+\def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink}
-\indexnofonts
-\turnoffactive
-\activebackslashdouble
-\makevalueexpandable
-\def\pdfdestname{#1}%
-\backslashparens\pdfdestname
-\safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
-}}
-%
-% used to mark target names; must be expandable.
-\def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
-%
-% by default, use a color that is dark enough to print on paper as
-% nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing.
-\def\urlcolor{\cmykDarkRed}
-\def\linkcolor{\cmykDarkRed}
-\def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
-%
 % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
 % come from Petr Olsak
 \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
 \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
 \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
-\advance\tempnum by 1
+\advance\tempnum by1
 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
-%
+\def\pdfmakeoutlines{{%
-% #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the
+\openin 1 \jobname.toc
-% outline by the pdf viewer.  #2 is the pdf expression for the number
+\ifeof 1\else\bgroup
-% of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections).  #3 is the node text,
+\closein 1
-% which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node.
+\indexnofonts
-% #4 is the page number
+\def\tt{}
-%
+% thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
-\def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
-% Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
-% page number.  We could generate a destination for the section
-% text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
-% seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured.
-\def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
-\ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty
-\def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}%
-\else
-% Doubled backslashes in the name.
-{\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
-\backslashparens\pdfoutlinedest}%
-\fi
-%
-% Also double the backslashes in the display string.
-{\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
-\backslashparens\pdfoutlinetext}%
-%
-\pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
-}
-%
-\def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
-\begingroup
-% Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
 \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
 \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
 %
-% Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
+\def\chapentry ##1##2##3{}
-\def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+\def\unnumbchapentry ##1##2{}
-	\def\thischapnum{##2}%
+\def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{\advancenumber{chap##2}}
-	\def\thissecnum{0}%
+\def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{}
-	\def\thissubsecnum{0}%
+\def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{\advancenumber{sec##2.##3}}
-}%
+\def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{}
-\def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+\def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{\advancenumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}}
-	\advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}%
+\def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{}
-	\def\thissecnum{##2}%
+\input \jobname.toc
-	\def\thissubsecnum{0}%
+\def\chapentry ##1##2##3{%
-}%
+\pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##3}}count-\expnumber{chap##2}{##1}}
-\def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+\def\unnumbchapentry ##1##2{%
-	\advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}%
+\pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}}
-	\def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
+\def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{%
-}%
+\pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##4}}count-\expnumber{sec##2.##3}{##1}}
-\def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+\def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{%
-	\advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}%
+\pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}}
-}%
+\def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{%
-\def\thischapnum{0}%
+\pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##5}}count-\expnumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}{##1}}
-\def\thissecnum{0}%
+\def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{%
-\def\thissubsecnum{0}%
+\pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}}
-%
+\def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{%
-% use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
+\pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##6}}{##1}}
-% al. a second time, below.
+\def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{%
-\def\appentry{\numchapentry}%
+\pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}}
-\def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}%
+\input \jobname.toc
-\def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
+\egroup\fi
-\def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
+}}
-\def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}%
+\def\makelinks #1,{%
-\def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
+\def\params{#1}\def\E{END}%
-\def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
+\ifx\params\E
-\def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
+\let\nextmakelinks=\relax
-\readdatafile{toc}%
+\else
-%
+\let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks
-% Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
+\ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi
-% The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
+\picknum{#1}%
-% subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
+\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}
-%
+goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}%
-% We use the node names as the destinations.
+\linkcolor #1%
-\def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+\advance\lnkcount by 1%
-\dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+\endlink
-\def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+\fi
-\dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+\nextmakelinks
-\def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-\dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
-\def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero
-\dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}%
-%
-% PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of
-% document fonts.  Therefore we cannot use special characters,
-% since the encoding is unknown.  For example, the eogonek from
-% Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character.  Info from
-% Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100.
-%
-% xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
-% their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding.  Right
-% now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way.
-\indexnofonts
-\setupdatafile
-\catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
-\input \tocreadfilename
-\endgroup
 }
-%
+\def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1}
+\def\pn#1{%
+\def\p{#1}%
+\ifx\p\lbrace
+\let\nextpn=\ppn
+\else
+\let\nextpn=\ppnn
+\def\first{#1}
+\fi
+\nextpn
+}
+\def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble}
+\def\ppnn{\pgn=\first}
+\def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,}
+\def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
 \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
 \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
 \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
 \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
 \advance\filenamelength by 1
 \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
 \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
 \else
 \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
 \fi
-% make a live url in pdf output.
 \def\pdfurl#1{%
 \begingroup
-% it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
+\normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}%
-% tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
+\leavevmode\Red
-% of @url.  for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
-% people have actually reported a problem with.
-%
-\normalturnoffactive
-\def\@{@}%
-\let\/=\empty
-\makevalueexpandable
-\leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}%
 \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
 user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
+% #1
 \endgroup}
 \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
 \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
 \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
 \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
 \def\maketoks{%
-\expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
+\expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|
 \ifx\first0\adn0
 \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
 \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
 \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
 \else
 \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
 \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
 \let\next=\maketoks
 \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
 \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
 \next}
 \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
 {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
 \def\pdflink#1{%
-\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
+\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\mkpgn{#1}}
-\setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink}
+\linkcolor #1\endlink}
+\def\mkpgn#1{#1@}
 \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
-\else
+\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
-\let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
-\let\pdfurl = \gobble
-\let\endlink = \relax
-\let\setcolor = \gobble
-\let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble
-\let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
-\fi  % \ifx\pdfoutput
 \message{fonts,}
+% Font-change commands.
-% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
-% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
-% italics, not bold italics.
-%
-\def\setfontstyle#1{%
-\def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
-\csname ten#1\endcsname  % change the current font
-}
-% Select #1 fonts with the current style.
-%
-\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname}
-\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
-\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
-\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
-\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
-\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
 % Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
-% So we set up a \sf.
+% So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc.
 \newfam\sffam
-\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
+\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf}
 \let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
-% We don't need math for this font style.
+% We don't need math for this one.
-\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
+\def\ttsl{\tenttsl}
+% Use Computer Modern fonts at \magstephalf (11pt).
-% Default leading.
+\newcount\mainmagstep
-\newdimen\textleading  \textleading = 13.2pt
+\mainmagstep=\magstephalf
-% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
-% correspondingly.  There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
-% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
-%
-\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
-\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
-\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
-%
-% can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this.
-\def\baselinefactor{1}
-%
-\def\setleading#1{%
-\dimen0 = #1\relax
-\normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0
-\normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
-\normalbaselines
-\setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
-\vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
-depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
-}%
-}
-% PDF CMaps.  See also LaTeX's t1.cmap.
-%
-% do nothing with this by default.
-\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1\endcsname\gobble
-\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname\gobble
-\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname\gobble
-% if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps.
-% (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run
-% older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.)
-\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\undefined \else
-\begingroup
-\catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
-\catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
-%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0)
-%%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0)
-%%Version: 1.000
-%%EndComments
-/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
-12 dict begin
-begincmap
-/CIDSystemInfo
-<< /Registry (TeX)
-/Ordering (OT1)
-/Supplement 0
->> def
-/CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def
-/CMapType 2 def
-1 begincodespacerange
-<00> <7F>
-endcodespacerange
-8 beginbfrange
-<00> <01> <0393>
-<09> <0A> <03A8>
-<23> <26> <0023>
-<28> <3B> <0028>
-<3F> <5B> <003F>
-<5D> <5E> <005D>
-<61> <7A> <0061>
-<7B> <7C> <2013>
-endbfrange
-40 beginbfchar
-<02> <0398>
-<03> <039B>
-<04> <039E>
-<05> <03A0>
-<06> <03A3>
-<07> <03D2>
-<08> <03A6>
-<0B> <00660066>
-<0C> <00660069>
-<0D> <0066006C>
-<0E> <006600660069>
-<0F> <00660066006C>
-<10> <0131>
-<11> <0237>
-<12> <0060>
-<13> <00B4>
-<14> <02C7>
-<15> <02D8>
-<16> <00AF>
-<17> <02DA>
-<18> <00B8>
-<19> <00DF>
-<1A> <00E6>
-<1B> <0153>
-<1C> <00F8>
-<1D> <00C6>
-<1E> <0152>
-<1F> <00D8>
-<21> <0021>
-<22> <201D>
-<27> <2019>
-<3C> <00A1>
-<3D> <003D>
-<3E> <00BF>
-<5C> <201C>
-<5F> <02D9>
-<60> <2018>
-<7D> <02DD>
-<7E> <007E>
-<7F> <00A8>
-endbfchar
-endcmap
-CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
-end
-end
-%%EndResource
-%%EOF
-}\endgroup
-\expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1\endcsname#1{%
-\pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
-}%
-%
-% \cmapOT1IT
-\begingroup
-\catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
-\catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
-%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1IT-0)
-%%Title: (TeX-OT1IT-0 TeX OT1IT 0)
-%%Version: 1.000
-%%EndComments
-/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
-12 dict begin
-begincmap
-/CIDSystemInfo
-<< /Registry (TeX)
-/Ordering (OT1IT)
-/Supplement 0
->> def
-/CMapName /TeX-OT1IT-0 def
-/CMapType 2 def
-1 begincodespacerange
-<00> <7F>
-endcodespacerange
-8 beginbfrange
-<00> <01> <0393>
-<09> <0A> <03A8>
-<25> <26> <0025>
-<28> <3B> <0028>
-<3F> <5B> <003F>
-<5D> <5E> <005D>
-<61> <7A> <0061>
-<7B> <7C> <2013>
-endbfrange
-42 beginbfchar
-<02> <0398>
-<03> <039B>
-<04> <039E>
-<05> <03A0>
-<06> <03A3>
-<07> <03D2>
-<08> <03A6>
-<0B> <00660066>
-<0C> <00660069>
-<0D> <0066006C>
-<0E> <006600660069>
-<0F> <00660066006C>
-<10> <0131>
-<11> <0237>
-<12> <0060>
-<13> <00B4>
-<14> <02C7>
-<15> <02D8>
-<16> <00AF>
-<17> <02DA>
-<18> <00B8>
-<19> <00DF>
-<1A> <00E6>
-<1B> <0153>
-<1C> <00F8>
-<1D> <00C6>
-<1E> <0152>
-<1F> <00D8>
-<21> <0021>
-<22> <201D>
-<23> <0023>
-<24> <00A3>
-<27> <2019>
-<3C> <00A1>
-<3D> <003D>
-<3E> <00BF>
-<5C> <201C>
-<5F> <02D9>
-<60> <2018>
-<7D> <02DD>
-<7E> <007E>
-<7F> <00A8>
-endbfchar
-endcmap
-CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
-end
-end
-%%EndResource
-%%EOF
-}\endgroup
-\expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname#1{%
-\pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
-}%
-%
-% \cmapOT1TT
-\begingroup
-\catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
-\catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
-%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1TT-0)
-%%Title: (TeX-OT1TT-0 TeX OT1TT 0)
-%%Version: 1.000
-%%EndComments
-/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
-12 dict begin
-begincmap
-/CIDSystemInfo
-<< /Registry (TeX)
-/Ordering (OT1TT)
-/Supplement 0
->> def
-/CMapName /TeX-OT1TT-0 def
-/CMapType 2 def
-1 begincodespacerange
-<00> <7F>
-endcodespacerange
-5 beginbfrange
-<00> <01> <0393>
-<09> <0A> <03A8>
-<21> <26> <0021>
-<28> <5F> <0028>
-<61> <7E> <0061>
-endbfrange
-32 beginbfchar
-<02> <0398>
-<03> <039B>
-<04> <039E>
-<05> <03A0>
-<06> <03A3>
-<07> <03D2>
-<08> <03A6>
-<0B> <2191>
-<0C> <2193>
-<0D> <0027>
-<0E> <00A1>
-<0F> <00BF>
-<10> <0131>
-<11> <0237>
-<12> <0060>
-<13> <00B4>
-<14> <02C7>
-<15> <02D8>
-<16> <00AF>
-<17> <02DA>
-<18> <00B8>
-<19> <00DF>
-<1A> <00E6>
-<1B> <0153>
-<1C> <00F8>
-<1D> <00C6>
-<1E> <0152>
-<1F> <00D8>
-<20> <2423>
-<27> <2019>
-<60> <2018>
-<7F> <00A8>
-endbfchar
-endcmap
-CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
-end
-end
-%%EndResource
-%%EOF
-}\endgroup
-\expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname#1{%
-\pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
-}%
-\fi\fi
 % Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
 % specified font prefix (normally `cm').
-% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap
+% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
-% encoding (currently only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, pass
+\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4}
-% empty to omit).
-\def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{%
-\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4
-\csname cmap#5\endcsname#1%
-}
-% This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty.
-\let\cmap\gobble
-% emacs-page end of cmaps
 % Use cm as the default font prefix.
 % To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
 % before you read in texinfo.tex.
 \ifx\fontprefix\undefined
 \def\sfshape{ss}
 \def\sfbshape{ss}
 \def\scshape{csc}
 \def\scbshape{csc}
-% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt.  This is the default in
+\ifx\bigger\relax
-% Texinfo.
+\let\mainmagstep=\magstep1
-%
+\setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
-\def\definetextfontsizexi{%
+\setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
-% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
+\else
-\def\textnominalsize{11pt}
+\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\fi
-\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
+% Instead of cmb10, you many want to use cmbx10.
-\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+% cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10
-\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
+% looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10.
-\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
 \font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
 \font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\def\textecsize{1095}
+% A few fonts for @defun, etc.
-% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
+\setfont\defbf\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} %was 1314
-\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf}
-\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
 % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
-\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
+\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}
-\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}
-\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
-\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
 \font\smalli=cmmi9
 \font\smallsy=cmsy9
-\def\smallecsize{0900}
+% Fonts for title page:
-% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
+\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
-\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
+\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
+\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
-\font\smalleri=cmmi8
-\font\smallersy=cmsy8
-\def\smallerecsize{0800}
-% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
-\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
-\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
-\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
-\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
 \let\titlebf=\titlerm
-\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
+\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}
 \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
 \def\authorrm{\secrm}
-\def\authortt{\sectt}
-\def\titleecsize{2074}
 % Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
-\def\chapnominalsize{17pt}
+\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1}
+\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
+\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}
-\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}{OT1}
 \let\chapbf=\chaprm
-\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
+\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}
 \font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
 \font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
-\def\chapecsize{1728}
 % Section fonts (14.4pt).
-\def\secnominalsize{14pt}
+\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
+\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
 \let\secbf\secrm
-\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
+\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
 \font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
 \font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
-\def\sececsize{1440}
+% \setfont\ssecrm\bxshape{10}{\magstep1}    % This size an font looked bad.
+% \setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{\magstep1}    % The letters were too crowded.
+% \setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}
+% \setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
+% \setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{\magstep1}
+%\setfont\ssecrm\bfshape{10}{1315}      % Note the use of cmb rather than cmbx.
+%\setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{1315}      % Also, the size is a little larger than
+%\setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{1315}      % being scaled magstep1.
+%\setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{1315}
+%\setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{1315}
+%\let\ssecbf=\ssecrm
 % Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
-\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt}
+\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
+\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
+\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
 \let\ssecbf\ssecrm
-\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
+\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}
 \font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
 \font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
-\def\ssececsize{1200}
+% The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5,
+% but that is not a standard magnification.
-% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt).
-\def\reducednominalsize{10pt}
-\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\font\reducedi=cmmi10
-\font\reducedsy=cmsy10
-\def\reducedecsize{1000}
-% reset the current fonts
-\textfonts
-\rm
-} % end of 11pt text font size definitions
-% Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with
-% section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit.  This is for the GNU
-% Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual.  Maybe other manuals in the
-% future.  Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt.
-%
-\def\definetextfontsizex{%
-% Text fonts (10pt).
-\def\textnominalsize{10pt}
-\edef\mainmagstep{1000}
-\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
-\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\def\textecsize{1000}
-% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
-\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
-\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
-\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
-% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
-\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
-\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
-\font\smalli=cmmi9
-\font\smallsy=cmsy9
-\def\smallecsize{0900}
-% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
-\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
-\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
-\font\smalleri=cmmi8
-\font\smallersy=cmsy8
-\def\smallerecsize{0800}
-% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
-\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
-\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
-\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
-\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\let\titlebf=\titlerm
-\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
-\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
-\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
-\def\authorrm{\secrm}
-\def\authortt{\sectt}
-\def\titleecsize{2074}
-% Chapter fonts (14.4pt).
-\def\chapnominalsize{14pt}
-\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
-\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\let\chapbf\chaprm
-\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
-\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
-\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
-\def\chapecsize{1440}
-% Section fonts (12pt).
-\def\secnominalsize{12pt}
-\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
-\let\secbf\secrm
-\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\font\seci=cmmi12
-\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
-\def\sececsize{1200}
-% Subsection fonts (10pt).
-\def\ssecnominalsize{10pt}
-\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
-\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\font\sseci=cmmi10
-\font\ssecsy=cmsy10
-\def\ssececsize{1000}
-% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt).
-\def\reducednominalsize{9pt}
-\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
-\font\reducedi=cmmi9
-\font\reducedsy=cmsy9
-\def\reducedecsize{0900}
-% reduce space between paragraphs
-\divide\parskip by 2
-% reset the current fonts
-\textfonts
-\rm
-} % end of 10pt text font size definitions
-% We provide the user-level command
-%   @fonttextsize 10
-% (or 11) to redefine the text font size.  pt is assumed.
-%
-\def\xword{10}
-\def\xiword{11}
-%
-\parseargdef\fonttextsize{%
-\def\textsizearg{#1}%
-\wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}%
-%
-% Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since
-% makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless.
-%
-\begingroup \globaldefs=1
-\ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex
-\else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi
-\else
-\errhelp=\EMsimple
-\errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'}
-\fi\fi
-\endgroup
-}
 % In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
 % we have to define the \textfont of the standard families.  Since
-% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except
+% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts, we
-% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and
+% don't bother to reset \scriptfont and \scriptscriptfont (which would
-% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts).
+% also require loading a lot more fonts).
 %
 \def\resetmathfonts{%
-\textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy
+\textfont0 = \tenrm \textfont1 = \teni \textfont2 = \tensy
-\textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
+\textfont\itfam = \tenit \textfont\slfam = \tensl \textfont\bffam = \tenbf
-\textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf
+\textfont\ttfam = \tentt \textfont\sffam = \tensf
 }
 % The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
-% of just \STYLE.  We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the
+% of just \STYLE.  We do this so that font changes will continue to work
-% current \fam for math mode.  Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire
+% in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most
-% \tenSTYLE to set the current font.
+% cases, not the current font.  Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam
-%
+% \tenbf}, for example.  By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to
-% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
+% redefine \bf itself.
-% and \lllsize (three sizes lower).  These relative commands are used in
-% the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
-%
-% This all needs generalizing, badly.
-%
 \def\textfonts{%
 \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
 \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
-\let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy
+\let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
-\let\tenttsl=\textttsl
+\resetmathfonts}
-\def\curfontsize{text}%
-\def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-\resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
 \def\titlefonts{%
 \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
 \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
 \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
 \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
-\def\curfontsize{title}%
-\def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}%
 \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
 \def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
 \def\chapfonts{%
 \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
 \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
-\let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy
+\let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
-\let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
-\def\curfontsize{chap}%
-\def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}%
 \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
 \def\secfonts{%
 \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
 \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
-\let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy
+\let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
-\let\tenttsl=\secttsl
-\def\curfontsize{sec}%
-\def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}%
 \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
 \def\subsecfonts{%
 \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
 \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
-\let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy
+\let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
-\let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
-\def\curfontsize{ssec}%
-\def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}%
 \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
-\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts
+\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf?
-\def\reducedfonts{%
-\let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl
-\let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc
-\let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy
-\let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl
-\def\curfontsize{reduced}%
-\def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-\resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
 \def\smallfonts{%
 \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
 \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
 \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
 \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
-\def\curfontsize{small}%
+\resetmathfonts \setleading{11pt}}
-\def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-\resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
-\def\smallerfonts{%
-\let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
-\let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
-\let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
-\let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
-\def\curfontsize{smaller}%
-\def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-\resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
-% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
-\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
-% About \smallexamplefonts.  If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
-% can fit this many characters:
-%   8.5x11=86   smallbook=72  a4=90  a5=69
-% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
-%   8.5x11=90+  smallbook=80  a4=90+  a5=77
-% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
-% the additional smallness of 8pt.  So I'm making the default 9pt.
-%
-% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
-%   8.5x11=71  smallbook=60  a4=75  a5=58
-%
-% I wish the USA used A4 paper.
-% --karl, 24jan03.
 % Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
 %
-\definetextfontsizexi
+\textfonts
 % Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
 \def\angleleft{$\langle$}
 \def\angleright{$\rangle$}
 % Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
 \newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
 % Fonts for short table of contents.
-\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}  % no cmb12
+\setfont\shortcontbf\bxshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
 %% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
 %% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
 % \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
 % unless the following character is such as not to need one.
-\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else
+\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else\/\fi\fi\fi}
-\ptexslash\fi\fi\fi}
+\def\smartslanted#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+\def\smartitalic#1{{\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl.
-% @var is set to this for defun arguments.
-\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-% like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl.  We never want
-% ttsl for book titles, do we?
-\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
 \let\i=\smartitalic
-\let\slanted=\smartslanted
 \let\var=\smartslanted
 \let\dfn=\smartslanted
 \let\emph=\smartitalic
+\let\cite=\smartslanted
-% @b, explicit bold.
 \def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
 \let\strong=\b
-% @sansserif, explicit sans.
-\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}}
 % We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
 % the end of a paragraph.  Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
 % group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
 %
 \def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1  \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
 \def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
-% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
-% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
-% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
-%
-\catcode`@=11
-\def\plainfrenchspacing{%
-\sfcode\dotChar  =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m
-\sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m
-\def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends
-}
-\def\plainnonfrenchspacing{%
-\sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000
-\sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250
-\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends
-}
-\catcode`@=\other
-\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default
 \def\t#1{%
-{\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}%
+{\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}%
 \null
 }
+\let\ttfont=\t
 \def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
-\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
 \font\keysy=cmsy9
 \def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
 \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
 \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
 \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
 \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
 \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
-\def\key #1{{\nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
 % The old definition, with no lozenge:
 %\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
 \def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
 % @file, @option are the same as @samp.
 %
 % Turn off hyphenation.
 \nohyphenation
 %
 \rawbackslash
-\plainfrenchspacing
+\frenchspacing
 #1%
 }%
 \null
 }
-% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
+% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code.
 % Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
 % in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
 % Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
 % both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
 % We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
 % and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
 %  -- rms.
 {
-\catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
+\catcode`\-=\active
-\catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active
+\catcode`\_=\active
 %
 \global\def\code{\begingroup
-\catcode\rquoteChar=\active \catcode\lquoteChar=\active
+\catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash
-\let'\codequoteright \let`\codequoteleft
+\catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder
-%
-\catcode\dashChar=\active  \catcode\underChar=\active
-\ifallowcodebreaks
-\let-\codedash
-\let_\codeunder
-\else
-\let-\realdash
-\let_\realunder
-\fi
 \codex
 }
+%
+% If we end up with any active - characters when handling the index,
+% just treat them as a normal -.
+\global\def\indexbreaks{\catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash}
 }
 \def\realdash{-}
 \def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
-\def\codeunder{%
+\def\codeunder{\ifusingtt{\normalunderscore\discretionary{}{}{}}{\_}}
-% this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work.  In math mode, _
-% is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
-% will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us
-% (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop.
-\ifusingtt{\ifmmode
-\mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_.
-\else\normalunderscore \fi
-\discretionary{}{}{}}%
-{\_}%
-}
 \def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
-% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g.,
+%\let\exp=\tclose  %Was temporary
-% each of the four underscores in __typeof__.  This is undesirable in
-% some manuals, especially if they don't have long identifiers in
-% general.  @allowcodebreaks provides a way to control this.
-%
-\newif\ifallowcodebreaks  \allowcodebreakstrue
-\def\keywordtrue{true}
-\def\keywordfalse{false}
-\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{%
-\def\txiarg{#1}%
-\ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue
-\allowcodebreakstrue
-\else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse
-\allowcodebreaksfalse
-\else
-\errhelp = \EMsimple
-\errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg'}%
-\fi\fi
-}
 % @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
 % then @kbd has no effect.
 % @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
 %   `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
 %   or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
-\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
+\def\kbdinputstyle{\parsearg\kbdinputstylexxx}
-\def\txiarg{#1}%
+\def\kbdinputstylexxx#1{%
-\ifx\txiarg\worddistinct
+\def\arg{#1}%
+\ifx\arg\worddistinct
 \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
-\else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample
+\else\ifx\arg\wordexample
 \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
-\else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode
+\else\ifx\arg\wordcode
 \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
-\else
-\errhelp = \EMsimple
-\errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\txiarg'}%
 \fi\fi\fi
 }
 \def\worddistinct{distinct}
 \def\wordexample{example}
 \def\wordcode{code}
-% Default is `distinct.'
+% Default is kbdinputdistinct.  (Too much of a hassle to call the macro,
-\kbdinputstyle distinct
+% the catcodes are wrong for parsearg to work.)
+\gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}
 \def\xkey{\key}
 \def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
 \ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
 \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi
 \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi}
-% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
+% For @url, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
-\let\indicateurl=\code
+\let\url=\code
 \let\env=\code
 \let\command=\code
-% @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...}
-\def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup}
-% @clickstyle @arrow   (by default)
-\parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}}
-\def\click{\arrow}
 % @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
 % second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
 % arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
 % itself.  First (mandatory) arg is the url.  Perhaps eventually put in
 \fi
 \fi
 \endlink
 \endgroup}
-% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it.
-%
-\let\url=\uref
 % rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
 % So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
 %
 %\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
 \ifpdf
 \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
 \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
 \unsepspaces
 % Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
 \def\r#1{{\rm #1}}              % roman font
 \def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}}       % smallcaps font
 \def\ii#1{{\it #1}}             % italic font
-% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like.
+% @acronym downcases the argument and prints in smallcaps.
-% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for
+\def\acronym#1{{\smallcaps \lowercase{#1}}}
-% all-uppercase.
-%
+% @pounds{} is a sterling sign.
-\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
-\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
-{\selectfonts\lsize #1}%
-\def\temp{#2}%
-\ifx\temp\empty \else
-\space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
-\fi
-}
-% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like.
-% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing.
-%
-\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish}
-\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{%
-{\plainfrenchspacing #1}%
-\def\temp{#2}%
-\ifx\temp\empty \else
-\space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
-\fi
-}
-% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font.
-%
 \def\pounds{{\it\$}}
-% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style.
-% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik
-% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and
-% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need).
-% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym.
-%
-% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore
-% that.  The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular
-% font height.
-%
-% feymr - regular
-% feymo - slanted
-% feybr - bold
-% feybo - bold slanted
-%
-% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge.
-% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide.
-% Hmm.
-%
-% Also doesn't work in math.  Do we need to do math with euro symbols?
-% Hope not.
-%
-%
-\def\euro{{\eurofont e}}
-\def\eurofont{%
-% We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in
-% \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that
-% installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the
-% font installed.
-%
-% There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale
-% that to the current nominal size.
-%
-% By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but
-% does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts.
-%
-\def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
-%
-\ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
-% bold:
-\font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize
-\else
-% regular:
-\font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize
-\fi
-\thiseurofont
-}
-% Hacks for glyphs from the EC fonts similar to \euro.  We don't
-% use \let for the aliases, because sometimes we redefine the original
-% macro, and the alias should reflect the redefinition.
-\def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}}
-\def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft}
-\def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}}
-\def\guillemotright{\guillemetright}
-\def\guilsinglleft{{\ecfont \char"0E}}
-\def\guilsinglright{{\ecfont \char"0F}}
-\def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}}
-\def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}}
-%
-\def\ecfont{%
-% We can't distinguish serif/sanserif and italic/slanted, but this
-% is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German
-% quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so
-% hopefully nobody will notice/care.
-\edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}%
-\edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
-\ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
-% bold:
-\font\thisecfont = ecb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
-\else
-% regular:
-\font\thisecfont = ec\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
-\fi
-\thisecfont
-}
-% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle.  The font for the R should really
-% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now.
-% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
-%
-\def\registeredsymbol{%
-$^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}%
-\hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
-}$%
-}
-% @textdegree - the normal degrees sign.
-%
-\def\textdegree{$^\circ$}
-% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with:
-%  Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14)  (68K)  16 APR 2004 02:38
-% so we'll define it if necessary.
-%
-\ifx\Orb\undefined
-\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D}
-\fi
-% Quotes.
-\chardef\quotedblleft="5C
-\chardef\quotedblright=`\"
-\chardef\quoteleft=`\`
-\chardef\quoteright=`\'
 \message{page headings,}
 \newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
 \newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
 \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
 \newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
 \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
-\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
+\def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz}
+\def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
 \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
-\envdef\titlepage{%
+\def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts
-% Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage.
+\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
-\begingroup
+\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}%
-\parindent=0pt \textfonts
+%
-% Leave some space at the very top of the page.
+\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines}%
-\vglue\titlepagetopglue
+%
-% No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
+% Leave some space at the very top of the page.
-\finishedtitlepagetrue
+\vglue\titlepagetopglue
 %
-% Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
+% Now you can print the title using @title.
-% at the top of the second.  We don't want the ragged left on the second.
+\def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}%
-\let\oldpage = \page
+\def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefonts\rm ##1}
-\def\page{%
+% print a rule at the page bottom also.
+\finishedtitlepagefalse
+\vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}%
+% No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
+\finishedtitlepagetrue
+%
+% Now you can put text using @subtitle.
+\def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}%
+\def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}%
+%
+% @author should come last, but may come many times.
+\def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}%
+\def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi
+{\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}%
+%
+% Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
+% at the top of the second.  We don't want the ragged left on the second.
+\let\oldpage = \page
+\def\page{%
 \iffinishedtitlepage\else
-	 \finishtitlepage
+\finishtitlepage
 \fi
+\oldpage
 \let\page = \oldpage
-\page
+\hbox{}}%
-\null
+%   \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}}
-}%
 }
 \def\Etitlepage{%
 \iffinishedtitlepage\else
-	\finishtitlepage
+\finishtitlepage
 \fi
 % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
 % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
 % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
 % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
 \oldpage
 \endgroup
 %
-% Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
+% If they want short, they certainly want long too.
-% in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
+\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
-\HEADINGSon
+\shortcontents
-%
+\contents
-% If they want short, they certainly want long too.
+\global\let\shortcontents = \relax
-\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
+\global\let\contents = \relax
-\shortcontents
+\fi
-\contents
+%
-\global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
-\global\let\contents = \relax
+\contents
-\fi
+\global\let\contents = \relax
-%
+\global\let\shortcontents = \relax
-\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
+\fi
-\contents
+%
-\global\let\contents = \relax
+\ifpdf \pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
-\global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+%
-\fi
+\HEADINGSon
 }
 \def\finishtitlepage{%
 \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
 \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
 \finishedtitlepagetrue
 }
-%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
-\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
-\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
-\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines
-		\let\tt=\authortt}
-\parseargdef\title{%
-\checkenv\titlepage
-\leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1}
-% print a rule at the page bottom also.
-\finishedtitlepagefalse
-\vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
-}
-\parseargdef\subtitle{%
-\checkenv\titlepage
-{\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}%
-}
-% @author should come last, but may come many times.
-% It can also be used inside @quotation.
-%
-\parseargdef\author{%
-\def\temp{\quotation}%
-\ifx\thisenv\temp
-\def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation.
-\else
-\checkenv\titlepage
-\ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
-{\authorfont \leftline{#1}}%
-\fi
-}
 %%% Set up page headings and footings.
 \let\thispage=\folio
 \newtoks\evenheadline    % headline on even pages
 \newtoks\oddheadline     % headline on odd pages
 \newtoks\evenfootline    % footline on even pages
 \newtoks\oddfootline     % footline on odd pages
-% Now make TeX use those variables
+% Now make Tex use those variables
 \headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
 \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
 \footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
 \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
 \let\HEADINGShook=\relax
 % @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
 % @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
 % @evenfooting @thisfile||
 % @oddfooting ||@thisfile
 \def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
-\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
-\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+\def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx}
+\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
+\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
+\def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx}
+{\catcode`\@=0 %
+\gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
 \global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
+\gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
-\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
 \global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
+\gdef\everyheadingxxx#1{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
-\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
+\gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
-\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
 \global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
+\gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
-\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
 \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
 %
 % Leave some space for the footline.  Hopefully ok to assume
 % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
-\global\advance\pageheight by -12pt
+\global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip
-\global\advance\vsize by -12pt
+\global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip
 }
-\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
+\gdef\everyfootingxxx#1{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
+%
-% @evenheadingmarks top     \thischapter <- chapter at the top of a page
+}% unbind the catcode of @.
-% @evenheadingmarks bottom  \thischapter <- chapter at the bottom of a page
-%
-% The same set of arguments for:
-%
-% @oddheadingmarks
-% @evenfootingmarks
-% @oddfootingmarks
-% @everyheadingmarks
-% @everyfootingmarks
-\def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}}
-\def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}}
-\def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}}
-\def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}}
-\def\everyheadingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1}
-\headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} }
-\def\everyfootingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1}
-\headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} }
-% #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom.
-\def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {%
-\expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname get#3headingmarks\endcsname
-\global\expandafter\let\csname get#1#2marks\endcsname \temp
-}
-\everyheadingmarks bottom
-\everyfootingmarks bottom
 % @headings double      turns headings on for double-sided printing.
 % @headings single      turns headings on for single-sided printing.
 % @headings off         turns them off.
 % @headings on          same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
 % By default, they are off at the start of a document,
 % and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
 \def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
-\def\HEADINGSoff{%
+\def\HEADINGSoff{
 \global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
 \global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
 \HEADINGSoff
 % When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
 % For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
 % chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
 % title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
 % edge of all pages.
-\def\HEADINGSdouble{%
+\def\HEADINGSdouble{
 \global\pageno=1
 \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
 \global\oddfootline={\hfil}
 \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
 \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
 }
 \let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
 % For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
 % page number on top right.
-\def\HEADINGSsingle{%
+\def\HEADINGSsingle{
 \global\pageno=1
 \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
 \global\oddfootline={\hfil}
 \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
 \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
 \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
 }
 % Subroutines used in generating headings
-% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
+% Produces Day Month Year style of output.
-% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
-% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
-\ifx\today\undefined
 \def\today{%
 \number\day\space
 \ifcase\month
 \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
 \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
 \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
 \fi
 \space\number\year}
-\fi
 % @settitle line...  specifies the title of the document, for headings.
 % It generates no output of its own.
 \def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
-\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}}
+\def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz}
+\def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}}
 \message{tables,}
-% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x).
+% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x).
 % default indentation of table text
 \newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
 % default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
 \newdimen\itemindent  \itemindent=.3in
 \newdimen\itemmargin  \itemmargin=.1in
 % used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
 \newdimen\itemmax
-% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
+% Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
 % these defs.
 % They also define \itemindex
 % to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
 \newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
 \def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
 \def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
 \def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
+\def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz}
+\def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \itemxpar \parsearg\xitemzzz}
+\def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz}
+\def\internalBkitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\kitemzzz}
+\def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}%
+\itemzzz {#1}}
+\def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}%
+\itemzzz {#1}}
 \def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
 \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
 \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
-\setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}%
+\setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}%
 \itemindex{#1}%
 \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
 %
 % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
 % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
 %
 % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
 % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
 \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
 %
-% Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up.  However, if
+% Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up.  Unfortunately
-% what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no
+% we can't prevent a possible page break at the following
-% \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would
+% \baselineskip glue.
-% cause the example and the item to crash together.  So we use this
+\nobreak
-% bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert
-% \parskip glue after all.  Section titles are handled this way also.
-%
-\penalty 10001
 \endgroup
 \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
 \else
 % The item text fits into the space.  Start a paragraph, so that the
 % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
 \endgroup
 \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
 \fi
 }
-\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}}
+\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a table}}
-\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}}
+\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a table}}
+\def\kitem{\errmessage{@kitem while not in a table}}
+\def\kitemx{\errmessage{@kitemx while not in a table}}
+\def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}}
+\def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}}
+% Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work.
+\def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}}
 % @table, @ftable, @vtable.
-\envdef\table{%
+\def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex}
-\let\itemindex\gobble
+{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
-\tablecheck{table}%
+\gdef\tablex #1^^M{%
-}
+\tabley\dontindex#1        \endtabley}}
-\envdef\ftable{%
-\def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}%
+\def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex}
-\tablecheck{ftable}%
+{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
-}
+\gdef\ftablex #1^^M{%
-\envdef\vtable{%
+\tabley\fnitemindex#1        \endtabley
-\def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}%
+\def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-\tablecheck{vtable}%
+\let\Etable=\relax}}
-}
-\def\tablecheck#1{%
+\def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex}
-\ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active
+{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
-\endgroup
+\gdef\vtablex #1^^M{%
-\errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is
+\tabley\vritemindex#1        \endtabley
-that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}%
+\def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-\def\next{\doignore{#1}}%
+\let\Etable=\relax}}
-\else
-\let\next\tablex
+\def\dontindex #1{}
-\fi
+\def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}%
-\next
+\def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}%
-}
-\def\tablex#1{%
+{\obeyspaces %
-\def\itemindicate{#1}%
+\gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup%
-\parsearg\tabley
+\tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}
-}
-\def\tabley#1{%
+\def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
-{%
+\aboveenvbreak %
-\makevalueexpandable
+\begingroup %
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}%
+\def\Edescription{\Etable}% Necessary kludge.
-\expandafter
+\let\itemindex=#1%
-}\temp \endtablez
+\ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi %
-}
+\ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi %
-\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{%
+\ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi %
-\aboveenvbreak
+\def\itemfont{#2}%
-\ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi
+\itemmax=\tableindent %
-\ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi
+\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin %
-\ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi
+\advance \leftskip by \tableindent %
-\itemmax=\tableindent
+\exdentamount=\tableindent
-\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin
+\parindent = 0pt
-\advance \leftskip by \tableindent
+\parskip = \smallskipamount
-\exdentamount=\tableindent
+\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi%
-\parindent = 0pt
+\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-\parskip = \smallskipamount
+\let\item = \internalBitem %
-\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
+\let\itemx = \internalBitemx %
-\let\item = \internalBitem
+\let\kitem = \internalBkitem %
-\let\itemx = \internalBitemx
+\let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx %
-}
+\let\xitem = \internalBxitem %
-\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak}
+\let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx %
-\let\Eftable\Etable
+}
-\let\Evtable\Etable
-\let\Eitemize\Etable
-\let\Eenumerate\Etable
 % This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
 \newcount \itemno
-\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize}
+\def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz}
-\def\doitemize#1{%
+\def\itemizezzz #1{%
-\aboveenvbreak
+\begingroup % ended by the @end itemize
-\itemmax=\itemindent
+\itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize}
-\advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin
+}
-\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
-\exdentamount=\itemindent
+\def\itemizey #1#2{%
-\parindent=0pt
+\aboveenvbreak %
-\parskip=\smallskipamount
+\itemmax=\itemindent %
-\ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
+\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin %
-\def\itemcontents{#1}%
+\advance \leftskip by \itemindent %
-% @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
+\exdentamount=\itemindent
-\ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
+\parindent = 0pt %
-\let\item=\itemizeitem
+\parskip = \smallskipamount %
-}
+\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi%
+\def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate.
+\def\itemcontents{#1}%
-%
+\let\item=\itemizeitem}
-\def\itemizeitem{%
-\advance\itemno by 1  % for enumerations
+% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
-{\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break
+% These are `.?!:;,'
-{%
+\def\frenchspacing{\sfcode46=1000 \sfcode63=1000 \sfcode33=1000
-% If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a
+\sfcode58=1000 \sfcode59=1000 \sfcode44=1000 }
-% \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have
-% done a \vskip-\parskip.  In that case, we don't want to zero
-% parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading.  On the
-% other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there
-% usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much
-% space.  In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before.  At least
-% that's the theory.
-\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi
-\noindent
-\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
-\vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item.
-\flushcr
-}
 % \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
 % TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
 %
 \def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
 % Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
 % or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list.  No
 % argument is the same as `1'.
 %
-\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1  \endenumeratey}
+\def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz}
+\def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1  \endenumeratey}
 \def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
+\begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate
+%
 % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
 \def\thearg{#1}%
 \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
 %
 % Detect if the argument is a single token.  If so, it might be a
 \fi
 \char\uccode\itemno
 }%
 }
-% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
+% Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
 % common last two arguments.  Also subtract one from the initial value in
 % \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
 %
 \def\startenumeration#1{%
 \advance\itemno by -1
-\doitemize{#1.}\flushcr
+\itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr
 }
 % @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
 % to @enumerate.
 %
 \def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
 \def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
 \def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
 \def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
+% Definition of @item while inside @itemize.
+\def\itemizeitem{%
+\advance\itemno by 1
+{\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}%
+\ifhmode \errmessage{In hmode at itemizeitem}\fi
+{\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt
+\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}%
+\vadjust{\penalty 1200}}%
+\flushcr}
 % @multitable macros
 % Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
 %
 % @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired.
 % Or use a template:
 %   @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
 %   @item ...
 %   using the widest term desired in each column.
+%
+% For those who want to use more than one line's worth of words in
+% the preamble, break the line within one argument and it
+% will parse correctly, i.e.,
+%
+%     @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3
+%      template}
+% Not:
+%     @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template}
+%      {Column 3 template}
 % Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
 % starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
 % with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
 % ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
-% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt
+% @item, @tab, @multitable or @end multitable do not need to be on their
-% if they are.
+% own lines, but it will not hurt if they are.
 % Sample multitable:
 %   @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
 %   @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
 \def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
 \let\columnfractions\relax
 \def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
 \newif\ifsetpercent
-% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might
+% #1 is the part of the @columnfraction before the decimal point, which
-% be just 1.  We just use it, whatever it is.
+% is presumably either 0 or the empty string (but we don't check, we
-%
+% just throw it away).  #2 is the decimal part, which we use as the
-\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {%
+% percent of \hsize for this column.
+\def\pickupwholefraction#1.#2 {%
 \global\advance\colcount by 1
-\expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}%
+\expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#2\hsize}%
 \setuptable
 }
 \newcount\colcount
 \def\setuptable#1{%
 \else
 \ifsetpercent
 \let\go\pickupwholefraction
 \else
 \global\advance\colcount by 1
-\setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a
+\setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip }% Add a normal word space as a separator;
-% separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway.
+% typically that is always in the input, anyway.
 \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
 \fi
 \fi
 \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
 % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
 \fi%
 \fi
 \go
 }
-% multitable-only commands.
+% This used to have \hskip1sp.  But then the space in a template line is
-%
+% not enough.  That is bad.  So let's go back to just & until we
-% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.
+% encounter the problem it was intended to solve again.
-% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group
+% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
-% of an alignment entry.  Note that \everycr resets \everytab.
+\def\tab{&}
-\def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}%
-%
-% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp.  But then the space in a template
-% line is not enough.  That is bad.  So let's go back to just `&' until
-% we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again.
-%					--karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
-\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}%
 % @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
 %
-\newtoks\everytab  % insert after every tab.
+\def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable}
-%
+\def\dotable#1{\bgroup
-\envdef\multitable{%
 \vskip\parskip
-\startsavinginserts
+\let\item\crcr
-%
-% @item within a multitable starts a normal row.
-% We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries
-% contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka
-% \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize.
-\def\item{\crcr}%
-%
 \tolerance=9500
 \hbadness=9500
 \setmultitablespacing
 \parskip=\multitableparskip
 \parindent=\multitableparindent
 \overfullrule=0pt
 \global\colcount=0
-%
+\def\Emultitable{\global\setpercentfalse\cr\egroup\egroup}%
-\everycr = {%
+%
-\noalign{%
-\global\everytab={}%
-\global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
-% Check for saved footnotes, etc.
-\checkinserts
-% Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
-%\filbreak
-	% Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the
-	% table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better?  Wait until the
-	% problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
-}%
-}%
-%
-\parsearg\domultitable
-}
-\def\domultitable#1{%
 % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
 \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
+%
+% \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of
+% each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one.
+% The table preamble
+% looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width.
+\everycr{\noalign{%
+%
+% \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
+% Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table
+% breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better?  Wait until the problem
+% manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
+\global\colcount=0\relax}}%
 %
 % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
 % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
 % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
 % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
-\halign\bgroup &%
+\halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax
-\global\advance\colcount by 1
+\multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
-\multistrut
+%
-\vtop{%
+% In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
-% Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width:
+% we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
-\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
+% the first one.
 %
-% In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
+% If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
-% we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
+% to the width of each template entry.
-% the first one.
+%
-%
+% If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
-% If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
+% use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
-% to the width of each template entry.
+% will keep entries from bumping into each other.  Table will start at
-%
+% left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
-% If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
+%
-% use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
+% Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
-% will keep entries from bumping into each other.  Table will start at
+\rightskip=0pt
-% left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
+\ifnum\colcount=1
-%
+% The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
-% Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
+\advance\hsize by\leftskip
-\rightskip=0pt
+\else
-\ifnum\colcount=1
+\ifsetpercent \else
-	% The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
+% If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
-	\advance\hsize by\leftskip
+% we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
-\else
+\advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
-	\ifsetpercent \else
+\fi
-	  % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
+% In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
-	  % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
+\leftskip=\multitablecolspace
-	  \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
+\fi
-	\fi
+% Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
-% In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
+% blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
-\leftskip=\multitablecolspace
+% box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
-\fi
+% For example:
-% Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
+% @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
-% blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
+% @item @code{#}
-% box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
+% @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
-% For example:
+% Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking
-% @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
+% characters.
-% @item @code{#}
+\noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr
-% @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
+}
-% Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively
-% marking characters.
+\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace.
-\noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut
+% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on
-}\cr
+% current baselineskip.
-}
-\def\Emultitable{%
-\crcr
-\egroup % end the \halign
-\global\setpercentfalse
-}
-\def\setmultitablespacing{%
-\def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing
-%
-% Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in
-% \multitableparskip calculation.  We used define \multistrut based on
-% this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off.
-% See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100.
 \ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
 \setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
 \global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
-\fi
+%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders,
+%% to keep lines equally spaced
+\let\multistrut = \strut
+\else
+%% FIXME: what is \box0 supposed to be?
+\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0
+width0pt\relax} \fi
 %% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
 %% table. If not, do nothing.
 %%        If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
 \ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
 \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
 %% than skip between lines in the table.
 \fi}
 \message{conditionals,}
+% Prevent errors for section commands.
-% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext,
+% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals.
-% @ifnotxml always succeed.  They currently do nothing; we don't
+\def\ignoresections{%
-% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested.  But we
+\let\chapter=\relax
-% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't
+\let\unnumbered=\relax
-% attempt to close an environment group.
+\let\top=\relax
-%
+\let\unnumberedsec=\relax
-\def\makecond#1{%
+\let\unnumberedsection=\relax
-\expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax
+\let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax
-\expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1
+\let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax
-}
+\let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax
-\makecond{iftex}
+\let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax
-\makecond{ifnotdocbook}
+\let\section=\relax
-\makecond{ifnothtml}
+\let\subsec=\relax
-\makecond{ifnotinfo}
+\let\subsubsec=\relax
-\makecond{ifnotplaintext}
+\let\subsection=\relax
-\makecond{ifnotxml}
+\let\subsubsection=\relax
+\let\appendix=\relax
-% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
+\let\appendixsec=\relax
-%
+\let\appendixsection=\relax
+\let\appendixsubsec=\relax
+\let\appendixsubsection=\relax
+\let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax
+\let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax
+\let\contents=\relax
+\let\smallbook=\relax
+\let\titlepage=\relax
+}
+% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source
+% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used
+% incorrectly.
+%
+\def\ignoremorecommands{%
+\let\defcodeindex = \relax
+\let\defcv = \relax
+\let\deffn = \relax
+\let\deffnx = \relax
+\let\defindex = \relax
+\let\defivar = \relax
+\let\defmac = \relax
+\let\defmethod = \relax
+\let\defop = \relax
+\let\defopt = \relax
+\let\defspec = \relax
+\let\deftp = \relax
+\let\deftypefn = \relax
+\let\deftypefun = \relax
+\let\deftypeivar = \relax
+\let\deftypeop = \relax
+\let\deftypevar = \relax
+\let\deftypevr = \relax
+\let\defun = \relax
+\let\defvar = \relax
+\let\defvr = \relax
+\let\ref = \relax
+\let\xref = \relax
+\let\printindex = \relax
+\let\pxref = \relax
+\let\settitle = \relax
+\let\setchapternewpage = \relax
+\let\setchapterstyle = \relax
+\let\everyheading = \relax
+\let\evenheading = \relax
+\let\oddheading = \relax
+\let\everyfooting = \relax
+\let\evenfooting = \relax
+\let\oddfooting = \relax
+\let\headings = \relax
+\let\include = \relax
+\let\lowersections = \relax
+\let\down = \relax
+\let\raisesections = \relax
+\let\up = \relax
+\let\set = \relax
+\let\clear = \relax
+\let\item = \relax
+}
+% Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore.
+%
+\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
+% Ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @ifnottex, @html, @menu, and @direntry text.
+%
+\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
+\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
+\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
+\def\html{\doignore{html}}
+\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
 \def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
-\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
-\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}}
+% @dircategory CATEGORY  -- specify a category of the dir file
-\def\html{\doignore{html}}
+% which this file should belong to.  Ignore this in TeX.
-\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}}
+\let\dircategory = \comment
-\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
-\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
+% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'.
-\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
+%
-\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}}
-\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}}
-\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
-\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
-\def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
-% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals.
-%
-% A count to remember the depth of nesting.
-\newcount\doignorecount
 \def\doignore#1{\begingroup
-% Scan in ``verbatim'' mode:
+% Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
-\obeylines
+\ignoresections
-\catcode`\@ = \other
+%
-\catcode`\{ = \other
+% Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'.
-\catcode`\} = \other
+% This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in
+% this texinfo.tex file).  We change the catcode of @ below to match.
+\long\def\doignoretext##1@end #1{\enddoignore}%
 %
 % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
-\spaceisspace
+\catcode32 = 10
 %
-% Count number of #1's that we've seen.
+% Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble.
-\doignorecount = 0
+\catcode`\{ = 9
-%
+\catcode`\} = 9
-% Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'.
+%
-\dodoignore{#1}%
+% We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence.
-}
+\catcode`\@ = 12
+%
-{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source.
+% Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line
-\obeylines %
+% will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example)
-%
+%   @c @end ifinfo
-\gdef\dodoignore#1{%
+% and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored.
-% #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'.
+% (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.)
+\catcode`\c = 14
+%
+% And now expand that command.
+\doignoretext
+}
+% What we do to finish off ignored text.
+%
+\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
+\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse
+\def\obstexwarn{%
+\ifwarnedobs\relax\else
+% We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0.
+% This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines.
+\immediate\write16{}
+\immediate\write16{WARNING: for users of Unix TeX 3.0!}
+\immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).}
+\immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.}
+\immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.}
+\immediate\write16{  Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.}
+\immediate\write16{  (See ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/TeX.README.)}
+\immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the}
+\immediate\write16{  script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution}
+\immediate\write16{  to use a workaround.}
+\immediate\write16{}
+\global\warnedobstrue
+\fi
+}
+% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex.  For a
+% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed),
+% uncomment the following line:
+%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax
+% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for
+% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command.
+%
+\def\nestedignore#1{%
+\obstexwarn
+% We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end
+% command, so that nested ignore constructs work.  Thus, we put the
+% text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result.  To minimize
+% the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on
+% page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font.
+%
+\setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup
+% Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
+\ignoresections
 %
-% Define a command to find the next `@end #1'.
+% Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the
-\long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{%
+% @end command again.
-\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}%
+\expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}%
 %
-% And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
+% We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands.  Most cause no
-% line.  (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for
+% trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do
-% example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
+% complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we
-\long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}%
+% undefine them.
 %
-% And now expand that command.
+% We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately;
-\doignoretext ^^M%
+% they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors.
-}%
+\ignoremorecommands
-}
+%
+% Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define
-\def\doignoreyyy#1{%
+% all the font commands to also use \nullfont.  We don't use
-\def\temp{#1}%
+% dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites
-\ifx\temp\empty			% Nothing found.
+% might have that installed.  Therefore, math mode will still
-\let\next\doignoretextzzz
+% produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of
-\else					% Found a nested condition, ...
+% stuff compared to the main input.
-\advance\doignorecount by 1
+%
-\let\next\doignoretextyyy		% ..., look for another.
+\nullfont
-% If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example).
+\let\tenrm=\nullfont \let\tenit=\nullfont \let\tensl=\nullfont
-\fi
+\let\tenbf=\nullfont \let\tentt=\nullfont \let\smallcaps=\nullfont
-\next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro.
+\let\tensf=\nullfont
-}
+% Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in smallexample).
+\let\smallrm=\nullfont \let\smallit=\nullfont \let\smallsl=\nullfont
-% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_".
+\let\smallbf=\nullfont \let\smalltt=\nullfont \let\smallsc=\nullfont
-%
+\let\smallsf=\nullfont
-\def\doignoretextzzz#1{%
+%
-\ifnum\doignorecount = 0	% We have just found the outermost @end.
+% Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts.
-\let\next\enddoignore
+\tracinglostchars = 0
-\else				% Still inside a nested condition.
+%
-\advance\doignorecount by -1
+% Don't bother to do space factor calculations.
-\let\next\doignoretext      % Look for the next @end.
+\frenchspacing
-\fi
+%
-\next
+% Don't report underfull hboxes.
-}
+\hbadness = 10000
+%
-% Finish off ignored text.
+% Do minimal line-breaking.
-{ \obeylines%
+\pretolerance = 10000
-% Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim
+%
-% environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional
+% Do not execute instructions in @tex
-% would result in a blank line in the output.
+\def\tex{\doignore{tex}}%
-\gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
+% Do not execute macro definitions.
-}
+% `c' is a comment character, so the word `macro' will get cut off.
+\def\macro{\doignore{ma}}%
+}
 % @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
 % @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
 %
 % Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
 % empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
 % own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
-% didn't need it.
+% didn't need it.  Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid
-% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10.
+% losing inside @example, for instance.
 %
-\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
+\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10
+\catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR.
+\parsearg\setxxx}
+\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
 \def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
-{%
+\def\temp{#2}%
-\makevalueexpandable
+\ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty
-\def\temp{#2}%
+\else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
-\edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}%
+\fi
-\ifx\temp\empty
+\endgroup
-\next{}%
+}
-\else
+% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or
-\setzzz#2\endsetzzz
+% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into
-\fi
+% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'.
-}%
+\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}}
-}
-% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
-\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}}
 % @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
 %
-\parseargdef\clear{%
+\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx}
-{%
+\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax}
-\makevalueexpandable
-\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax
-}%
-}
 % @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
-\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
+{
+\catcode`\_ = \active
+%
+% We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if
+% we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}.  So \let any
+% such active characters to their normal equivalents.
+\gdef\value{\begingroup
+\catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12
+\indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore
+\valuexxx}
+}
 \def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
-{
-\catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active
-%
-\gdef\makevalueexpandable{%
-\let\value = \expandablevalue
-% We don't want these characters active, ...
-\catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other
-% ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if
-% we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though.
-% So \let them to their normal equivalents.
-\let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore
-}
-}
 % We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
-% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies).
+% properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies).  Ones
-% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since
+% whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything
-% the result winds up in the index file.  This means that if the
+% about that.  The command has to be fully expandable, since the result
-% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain
+% winds up in the index file.  This means that if the variable's value
-% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work
+% contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain it will fail
-% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
+% (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work to do a
+% one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
 %
 \def\expandablevalue#1{%
 \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
 {[No value for ``#1'']}%
-\message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}%
 \else
 \csname SET#1\endcsname
 \fi
 }
 % @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
 % with @set.
 %
-% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine.
+\def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx}
-%
+\def\ifsetxxx #1{%
-\makecond{ifset}
+\expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
-\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}}
+\expandafter\ifsetfail
-\def\doifset#1#2{%
+\else
-{%
+\expandafter\ifsetsucceed
-\makevalueexpandable
+\fi
-\let\next=\empty
+}
-\expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax
+\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}}
-#1% If not set, redefine \next.
+\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}}
-\fi
+\defineunmatchedend{ifset}
-\expandafter
-}\next
-}
-\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
 % @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
 % defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
 %
-% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the
+\def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx}
-% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set,
+\def\ifclearxxx #1{%
-% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail.
+\expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
-%
+\expandafter\ifclearsucceed
-\makecond{ifclear}
+\else
-\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}}
+\expandafter\ifclearfail
-\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
+\fi
+}
-% @dircategory CATEGORY  -- specify a category of the dir file
+\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}}
-% which this file should belong to.  Ignore this in TeX.
+\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}}
-\let\dircategory=\comment
+\defineunmatchedend{ifclear}
+% @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo always succeed; we read the text
+% following, through the first @end iftex (etc.).  Make `@end iftex'
+% (etc.) valid only after an @iftex.
+%
+\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}}
+\def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}}
+\def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}}
+\defineunmatchedend{iftex}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo}
+% We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it
+% at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no
+% effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group).  So we must
+% define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value.  (We can't
+% just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since
+% the @ifset might be nested.)
+%
+\def\conditionalsucceed#1{%
+\edef\temp{%
+% Remember the current value of \E#1.
+\let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}%
+%
+% At the `@end #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value.
+\def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}%
+}%
+\temp
+}
+% We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the
+% control sequences after we've constructed them.
+%
+\def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
 % @defininfoenclose.
 \let\definfoenclose=\comment
 \message{indexing,}
 % Index generation facilities
 % Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
-% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's.
+% except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex.
-\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}}
+{\catcode`\@=11
+\gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}}
 % \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
 % It automatically defines \fooindex such that
 % \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
 % It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%     % Define @#1index
 \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
 }
 % @defindex foo  ==  \newindex{foo}
-%
 \def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
 % Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
-%
-\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
-%
 \def\newcodeindex#1{%
 \iflinks
 \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
 \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
 \fi
 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
-\noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
+\noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}
 }
+\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
 % @synindex foo bar    makes index foo feed into index bar.
 % Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
-%
+% The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
+% Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
+\def\synindex#1 #2 {%
+\expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
+\expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname
+\expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
+\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex
+\noexpand\doindex{#2}}%
+}
 % @syncodeindex foo bar   similar, but put all entries made for index foo
 % inside @code.
-%
+\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {%
-\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
+\expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
-\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
+\expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname
+\expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
-% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
+\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex
-% #3 the target index (bar).
+\noexpand\docodeindex{#2}}%
-\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
-% Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
-% closing the target index.
-\expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined
-% The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
-% Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
-\expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
-\expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
-\fi
-% redefine \fooindfile:
-\expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
-\expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
-% redefine \fooindex:
-\expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
 }
 % Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
 % Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
 %  and it is "foo", the name of the index.
 % like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
 \def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
 \def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
-% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
-% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't,
-% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't.
-%
 \def\indexdummies{%
-\escapechar = `\\     % use backslash in output files.
+\def\ { }%
-\def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
+% Take care of the plain tex accent commands.
-\def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
+\def\"{\realbackslash "}%
-%
+\def\`{\realbackslash `}%
-% Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
+\def\'{\realbackslash '}%
-% But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
+\def\^{\realbackslash ^}%
-% braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
+\def\~{\realbackslash ~}%
-\let\{ = \mylbrace
+\def\={\realbackslash =}%
-\let\} = \myrbrace
+\def\b{\realbackslash b}%
-%
+\def\c{\realbackslash c}%
-% I don't entirely understand this, but when an index entry is
+\def\d{\realbackslash d}%
-% generated from a macro call, the \endinput which \scanmacro inserts
+\def\u{\realbackslash u}%
-% causes processing to be prematurely terminated.  This is,
+\def\v{\realbackslash v}%
-% apparently, because \indexsorttmp is fully expanded, and \endinput
+\def\H{\realbackslash H}%
-% is an expandable command.  The redefinition below makes \endinput
+% Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters.
-% disappear altogether for that purpose -- although logging shows that
+\def\oe{\realbackslash oe}%
-% processing continues to some further point.  On the other hand, it
+\def\ae{\realbackslash ae}%
-% seems \endinput does not hurt in the printed index arg, since that
+\def\aa{\realbackslash aa}%
-% is still getting written without apparent harm.
+\def\OE{\realbackslash OE}%
-%
+\def\AE{\realbackslash AE}%
-% Sample source (mac-idx3.tex, reported by Graham Percival to
+\def\AA{\realbackslash AA}%
-% help-texinfo, 22may06):
+\def\o{\realbackslash o}%
-% @macro funindex {WORD}
+\def\O{\realbackslash O}%
-% @findex xyz
+\def\l{\realbackslash l}%
-% @end macro
+\def\L{\realbackslash L}%
-% ...
+\def\ss{\realbackslash ss}%
-% @funindex commtest
+% Take care of texinfo commands likely to appear in an index entry.
-%
+% (Must be a way to avoid doing expansion at all, and thus not have to
-% The above is not enough to reproduce the bug, but it gives the flavor.
+% laboriously list every single command here.)
-%
+\def\@{@}% will be @@ when we switch to @ as escape char.
-% Sample whatsit resulting:
+% Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
-% .@write3{\entry{xyz}{@folio }{@code {xyz@endinput }}}
+% But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
-%
+% braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
-% So:
+\let\{ = \mylbrace
-\let\endinput = \empty
+\let\} = \myrbrace
-%
+\def\_{{\realbackslash _}}%
-% Do the redefinitions.
+\def\w{\realbackslash w }%
-\commondummies
+\def\bf{\realbackslash bf }%
-}
+%\def\rm{\realbackslash rm }%
+\def\sl{\realbackslash sl }%
-% For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character.  So we want to
+\def\sf{\realbackslash sf}%
-% redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of
+\def\tt{\realbackslash tt}%
-% \realbackslash, still used for index files).  When everything uses @,
+\def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr}%
-% this will be simpler.
+\def\less{\realbackslash less}%
-%
+\def\hat{\realbackslash hat}%
-\def\atdummies{%
+\def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}%
-\def\@{@@}%
+\def\dots{\realbackslash dots }%
-\def\ {@ }%
+\def\result{\realbackslash result}%
-\let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
+\def\equiv{\realbackslash equiv}%
-\let\} = \rbraceatcmd
+\def\expansion{\realbackslash expansion}%
-%
+\def\print{\realbackslash print}%
-% Do the redefinitions.
+\def\error{\realbackslash error}%
-\commondummies
+\def\point{\realbackslash point}%
-\otherbackslash
+\def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright}%
-}
+\def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}}%
+\def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}}%
-% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies.
+\def\uref##1{\realbackslash uref {##1}}%
-%
+\def\url##1{\realbackslash url {##1}}%
-\def\commondummies{%
+\def\env##1{\realbackslash env {##1}}%
-%
+\def\command##1{\realbackslash command {##1}}%
-% \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
+\def\option##1{\realbackslash option {##1}}%
-% preventing its expansion.  This is used only for control% words,
+\def\dotless##1{\realbackslash dotless {##1}}%
-% not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
+\def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}}%
-% control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
+\def\,##1{\realbackslash ,{##1}}%
-% from whatever follows.
+\def\t##1{\realbackslash t {##1}}%
-%
+\def\r##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}%
-% For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
+\def\i##1{\realbackslash i {##1}}%
-% space.
+\def\b##1{\realbackslash b {##1}}%
-%
+\def\sc##1{\realbackslash sc {##1}}%
-% These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
+\def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite {##1}}%
-% those that do not.  If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
+\def\key##1{\realbackslash key {##1}}%
-% that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
+\def\file##1{\realbackslash file {##1}}%
-%
+\def\var##1{\realbackslash var {##1}}%
-\def\definedummyword  ##1{\def##1{\string##1\space}}%
+\def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd {##1}}%
-\def\definedummyletter##1{\def##1{\string##1}}%
+\def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn {##1}}%
-\let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
+\def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph {##1}}%
-%
+\def\acronym##1{\realbackslash acronym {##1}}%
-\commondummiesnofonts
+%
-%
+% Handle some cases of @value -- where the variable name does not
-\definedummyletter\_%
+% contain - or _, and the value does not contain any
-%
+% (non-fully-expandable) commands.
-% Non-English letters.
+\let\value = \expandablevalue
-\definedummyword\AA
+%
-\definedummyword\AE
+\unsepspaces
-\definedummyword\L
+% Turn off macro expansion
-\definedummyword\OE
+\turnoffmacros
-\definedummyword\O
+}
-\definedummyword\aa
-\definedummyword\ae
+% If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
-\definedummyword\l
+% therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
-\definedummyword\oe
+% expansion of \tie (\\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
-\definedummyword\o
+{\obeyspaces
-\definedummyword\ss
+\gdef\unsepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\space}}
-\definedummyword\exclamdown
-\definedummyword\questiondown
+% \indexnofonts no-ops all font-change commands.
-\definedummyword\ordf
+% This is used when outputting the strings to sort the index by.
-\definedummyword\ordm
+\def\indexdummyfont#1{#1}
-%
+\def\indexdummytex{TeX}
-% Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
+\def\indexdummydots{...}
-\definedummyword\bf
-\definedummyword\gtr
-\definedummyword\hat
-\definedummyword\less
-\definedummyword\sf
-\definedummyword\sl
-\definedummyword\tclose
-\definedummyword\tt
-%
-\definedummyword\LaTeX
-\definedummyword\TeX
-%
-% Assorted special characters.
-\definedummyword\bullet
-\definedummyword\comma
-\definedummyword\copyright
-\definedummyword\registeredsymbol
-\definedummyword\dots
-\definedummyword\enddots
-\definedummyword\equiv
-\definedummyword\error
-\definedummyword\euro
-\definedummyword\guillemetleft
-\definedummyword\guillemetright
-\definedummyword\guilsinglleft
-\definedummyword\guilsinglright
-\definedummyword\expansion
-\definedummyword\minus
-\definedummyword\pounds
-\definedummyword\point
-\definedummyword\print
-\definedummyword\quotedblbase
-\definedummyword\quotedblleft
-\definedummyword\quotedblright
-\definedummyword\quoteleft
-\definedummyword\quoteright
-\definedummyword\quotesinglbase
-\definedummyword\result
-\definedummyword\textdegree
-%
-% We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write.
-\macrolist
-%
-\normalturnoffactive
-%
-% Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any
-% (non-fully-expandable) commands.
-\makevalueexpandable
-}
-% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts.
-%
-\def\commondummiesnofonts{%
-% Control letters and accents.
-\definedummyletter\!%
-\definedummyaccent\"%
-\definedummyaccent\'%
-\definedummyletter\*%
-\definedummyaccent\,%
-\definedummyletter\.%
-\definedummyletter\/%
-\definedummyletter\:%
-\definedummyaccent\=%
-\definedummyletter\?%
-\definedummyaccent\^%
-\definedummyaccent\`%
-\definedummyaccent\~%
-\definedummyword\u
-\definedummyword\v
-\definedummyword\H
-\definedummyword\dotaccent
-\definedummyword\ringaccent
-\definedummyword\tieaccent
-\definedummyword\ubaraccent
-\definedummyword\udotaccent
-\definedummyword\dotless
-%
-% Texinfo font commands.
-\definedummyword\b
-\definedummyword\i
-\definedummyword\r
-\definedummyword\sc
-\definedummyword\t
-%
-% Commands that take arguments.
-\definedummyword\acronym
-\definedummyword\cite
-\definedummyword\code
-\definedummyword\command
-\definedummyword\dfn
-\definedummyword\emph
-\definedummyword\env
-\definedummyword\file
-\definedummyword\kbd
-\definedummyword\key
-\definedummyword\math
-\definedummyword\option
-\definedummyword\pxref
-\definedummyword\ref
-\definedummyword\samp
-\definedummyword\strong
-\definedummyword\tie
-\definedummyword\uref
-\definedummyword\url
-\definedummyword\var
-\definedummyword\verb
-\definedummyword\w
-\definedummyword\xref
-}
-% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
-% by, and when constructing control sequence names.  It eliminates all
-% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
-% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
-%
 \def\indexnofonts{%
-% Accent commands should become @asis.
+% Just ignore accents.
-\def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
+\let\,=\indexdummyfont
-% We can just ignore other control letters.
+\let\"=\indexdummyfont
-\def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
+\let\`=\indexdummyfont
-% Hopefully, all control words can become @asis.
+\let\'=\indexdummyfont
-\let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent
+\let\^=\indexdummyfont
-%
+\let\~=\indexdummyfont
-\commondummiesnofonts
+\let\==\indexdummyfont
-%
+\let\b=\indexdummyfont
-% Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
+\let\c=\indexdummyfont
-% and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
+\let\d=\indexdummyfont
-% Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
+\let\u=\indexdummyfont
-%\let\tt=\asis
+\let\v=\indexdummyfont
-%
+\let\H=\indexdummyfont
-\def\ { }%
+\let\dotless=\indexdummyfont
-\def\@{@}%
+% Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters.
-% how to handle braces?
+\def\oe{oe}%
-\def\_{\normalunderscore}%
+\def\ae{ae}%
-%
+\def\aa{aa}%
-% Non-English letters.
+\def\OE{OE}%
-\def\AA{AA}%
+\def\AE{AE}%
-\def\AE{AE}%
+\def\AA{AA}%
-\def\L{L}%
+\def\o{o}%
-\def\OE{OE}%
+\def\O{O}%
-\def\O{O}%
+\def\l{l}%
-\def\aa{aa}%
+\def\L{L}%
-\def\ae{ae}%
+\def\ss{ss}%
-\def\l{l}%
+\let\w=\indexdummyfont
-\def\oe{oe}%
+\let\t=\indexdummyfont
-\def\o{o}%
+\let\r=\indexdummyfont
-\def\ss{ss}%
+\let\i=\indexdummyfont
-\def\exclamdown{!}%
+\let\b=\indexdummyfont
-\def\questiondown{?}%
+\let\emph=\indexdummyfont
-\def\ordf{a}%
+\let\strong=\indexdummyfont
-\def\ordm{o}%
+\let\cite=\indexdummyfont
-%
+\let\sc=\indexdummyfont
-\def\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
+%Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
-\def\TeX{TeX}%
+% and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |...
-%
+%\let\tt=\indexdummyfont
-% Assorted special characters.
+\let\tclose=\indexdummyfont
-% (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.)
+\let\code=\indexdummyfont
-\def\bullet{bullet}%
+\let\url=\indexdummyfont
-\def\comma{,}%
+\let\uref=\indexdummyfont
-\def\copyright{copyright}%
+\let\env=\indexdummyfont
-\def\registeredsymbol{R}%
+\let\acronym=\indexdummyfont
-\def\dots{...}%
+\let\command=\indexdummyfont
-\def\enddots{...}%
+\let\option=\indexdummyfont
-\def\equiv{==}%
+\let\file=\indexdummyfont
-\def\error{error}%
+\let\samp=\indexdummyfont
-\def\euro{euro}%
+\let\kbd=\indexdummyfont
-\def\guillemetleft{<<}%
+\let\key=\indexdummyfont
-\def\guillemetright{>>}%
+\let\var=\indexdummyfont
-\def\guilsinglleft{<}%
+\let\TeX=\indexdummytex
-\def\guilsinglright{>}%
+\let\dots=\indexdummydots
-\def\expansion{==>}%
+\def\@{@}%
-\def\minus{-}%
+}
-\def\pounds{pounds}%
-\def\point{.}%
+% To define \realbackslash, we must make \ not be an escape.
-\def\print{-|}%
+% We must first make another character (@) an escape
-\def\quotedblbase{"}%
+% so we do not become unable to do a definition.
-\def\quotedblleft{"}%
-\def\quotedblright{"}%
+{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other
-\def\quoteleft{`}%
+@gdef@realbackslash{\}}
-\def\quoteright{'}%
-\def\quotesinglbase{,}%
-\def\result{=>}%
-\def\textdegree{degrees}%
-%
-% We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present).
-% Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now.
-% makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up
-% writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry
-% that starts with \.
-%
-% Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them
-% to take a single TeX argument.  The case of a macro invocation that
-% goes to end-of-line is not handled.
-%
-\macrolist
-}
 \let\indexbackslash=0  %overridden during \printindex.
 \let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
+% For \ifx comparisons.
+\def\emptymacro{\empty}
 % Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
-% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
+%
-\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}}
+\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}\empty}
 % Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
 % #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
-% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception
+% \empty if called from \doind, as we usually are.  The main exception
-% is with most defuns, which call us directly).
+% is with defuns, which call us directly.
 %
 \def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
-\iflinks
-{%
-% Store the main index entry text (including the third arg).
-\toks0 = {#2}%
-% If third arg is present, precede it with a space.
-\def\thirdarg{#3}%
-\ifx\thirdarg\empty \else
-\toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
-\fi
-%
-\edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
-%
-\safewhatsit\dosubindwrite
-}%
-\fi
-}
-% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file:
-%
-\def\dosubindwrite{%
 % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
 \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
-\insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}%
+\insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}%
 \fi
-%
+{%
-% Remember, we are within a group.
+\count255=\lastpenalty
-\indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
+{%
-\def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
+\indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
-% so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
+\escapechar=`\\
-%
+{%
-% Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
+\let\folio = 0% We will expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio.
-% get the string to sort by.
+\def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
-{\indexnofonts
+% so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
-\edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion
+%
-\xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}%
+\def\thirdarg{#3}%
+%
+% If third arg is present, precede it with space in sort key.
+\ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro
+\let\subentry = \empty
+\else
+\def\subentry{ #3}%
+\fi
+%
+% First process the index entry with all font commands turned
+% off to get the string to sort by.
+{\indexnofonts \xdef\indexsorttmp{#2\subentry}}%
+%
+% Now the real index entry with the fonts.
+\toks0 = {#2}%
+%
+% If third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index
+% string.  And include a space.
+\ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else
+\toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
+\fi
+%
+% Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key
+% and the original text, including any font commands.  We write
+% three arguments to \entry to the .?? file, texindex reduces to
+% two when writing the .??s sorted result.
+\edef\temp{%
+\write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{%
+\realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
+}%
+%
+% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
+% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
+% the skip again.  Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
+% \write will make \lastskip zero.  The result is that sequences
+% like this:
+% @end defun
+% @tindex whatever
+% @defun ...
+% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
+% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
+% the previous defun.
+%
+% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode.  We
+% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
+%
+% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
+%
+\iflinks
+\ifvmode
+\skip0 = \lastskip
+\ifdim\lastskip = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip-\lastskip \fi
+\fi
+%
+\temp % do the write
+%
+%
+\ifvmode \ifdim\skip0 = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip\skip0 \fi \fi
+\fi
+}%
+}%
+\penalty\count255
 }%
-%
-% Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
-% the original text, including any font commands.  We write
-% three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
-% subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
-% sorted result.
-\edef\temp{%
-\write\writeto{%
-\string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
-}%
-\temp
-}
-% Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit:
-%
-% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
-% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
-% the skip again.  Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
-% \write or \pdfdest will make \lastskip zero.  The result is that
-% sequences like this:
-% @end defun
-% @tindex whatever
-% @defun ...
-% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
-% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
-% the previous defun.
-%
-% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode.  We
-% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
-%
-% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
-%
-% But wait, there is a catch there:
-% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip.  \ifdim is not
-% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts
-% of the skip.  The only way seems to be to check the textual
-% representation of the skip.
-%
-% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that
-% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter).
-%
-\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname}
-%
-\newskip\whatsitskip
-\newcount\whatsitpenalty
-%
-% ..., ready, GO:
-%
-\def\safewhatsit#1{%
-\ifhmode
-#1%
-\else
-% \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
-\whatsitskip = \lastskip
-\edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
-\whatsitpenalty = \lastpenalty
-%
-% If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
-% skip.  And since a skip is discardable, that means this
-% -\whatsitskip glue we're inserting is preceded by a
-% non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
-% breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
-\ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
-\else
-\vskip-\whatsitskip
-\fi
-%
-#1%
-%
-\ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
-% If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and
-% perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak.  In that case, we want
-% to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various
-% signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any
-% following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint.  For example:
-%
-%   @deffn deffn-whatever
-%   @vindex index-whatever
-%   Description.
-% would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
-% and the "Description." paragraph.
-\ifnum\whatsitpenalty>9999 \penalty\whatsitpenalty \fi
-\else
-% On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
-% this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
-% (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
-\nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip
-\fi
-\fi
 }
 % The index entry written in the file actually looks like
 %  \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
 % or
 % Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
 % @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
 % It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
 %
-\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup
+\def\printindex{\parsearg\doprintindex}
+\def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup
 \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
 %
 \smallfonts \rm
 \tolerance = 9500
-\plainfrenchspacing
+\indexbreaks
-\everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
 %
 % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
 % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
 % \initial {@}
 % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
 \putwordIndexIsEmpty
 \else
 % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
 % character.  It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
 % to make right now.
-\def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}%
+\def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}%
 \catcode`\\ = 0
 \escapechar = `\\
 \begindoublecolumns
 \input \jobname.#1s
 \enddoublecolumns
 %
 % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
 \removelastskip
 %
 % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
-\nobreak
+\penalty -300
-\vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip
-\penalty 0
-\vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip
 %
 % Typeset the initial.  Making this add up to a whole number of
 % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
 % to column.  It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
 % we need before each entry, but it's better.
 %
 % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
 \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
 \leftline{\secbf #1}%
+\vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
+%
 % Do our best not to break after the initial.
 \nobreak
-\vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
 }}
-% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
+% This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2
-% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin.  It is used for index
+% flush to the right margin.  It is used for index and table of contents
-% and table of contents entries.  The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
+% entries.  The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
 %
-% A straightforward implementation would start like this:
+\def\entry#1#2{\begingroup
-%	\def\entry#1#2{...
+%
-% But this freezes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to
+% Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
-% @code, which sets - active.  This problem was fixed by a kludge---
+% affect previous text.
-% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right.
+\par
 %
-% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text.
+% Do not fill out the last line with white space.
-%                                 --kasal, 21nov03
+\parfillskip = 0in
-\def\entry{%
+%
-\begingroup
+% No extra space above this paragraph.
+\parskip = 0in
+%
+% Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
+\finalhyphendemerits = 0
+%
+% \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
+% don't both fit on one line.  In that case, bob suggests starting the
+% dots pretty far over on the line.  Unfortunately, a large
+% indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
+% lines.  So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
+%
+% \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
+% of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
+\hangindent = 2em
+%
+% When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
+% with blank space.
+\rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
+%
+% A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing columns.
+\vskip 0pt plus1pt
+%
+% Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking
+% parameters we've set above will have an effect.
+\noindent
+%
+% Insert the text of the index entry.  TeX will do line-breaking on it.
+#1%
+% The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
+% there are no page numbers.  The next person who breaks this will be
+% cursed by a Unix daemon.
+\def\tempa{{\rm }}%
+\def\tempb{#2}%
+\edef\tempc{\tempa}%
+\edef\tempd{\tempb}%
+\ifx\tempc\tempd\ \else%
 %
-% Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
+% If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
-% affect previous text.
+% this line with blank space.  (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
-\par
+% fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
+\hfil\penalty50
+\null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
 %
-% Do not fill out the last line with white space.
+% The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
-\parfillskip = 0in
+% part of (the primitive) \par.  Without it, a spurious underfull
-%
+% \hbox ensues.
-% No extra space above this paragraph.
+\ifpdf
-\parskip = 0in
+\pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
-%
-% Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
-\finalhyphendemerits = 0
-%
-% \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
-% don't both fit on one line.  In that case, bob suggests starting the
-% dots pretty far over on the line.  Unfortunately, a large
-% indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
-% lines.  So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
-%
-% \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
-% of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
-\hangindent = 2em
-%
-% When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
-% with blank space.
-\rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
-%
-% A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing
-% columns.
-\vskip 0pt plus1pt
-%
-% Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
-\afterassignment\doentry
-\let\temp =
-}
-\def\doentry{%
-\bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
-\noindent
-\aftergroup\finishentry
-% And now comes the text of the entry.
-}
-\def\finishentry#1{%
-% #1 is the page number.
-%
-% The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
-% there are no page numbers.  The next person who breaks this will be
-% cursed by a Unix daemon.
-\setbox\boxA = \hbox{#1}%
-\ifdim\wd\boxA = 0pt
-\ %
 \else
-%
+\ #2% The page number ends the paragraph.
-% If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
-% this line with blank space.  (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
-% fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
-\hfil\penalty50
-\null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
-%
-% The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
-% part of (the primitive) \par.  Without it, a spurious underfull
-% \hbox ensues.
-\ifpdf
-	\pdfgettoks#1.%
-	\ \the\toksA
-\else
-	\ #1%
-\fi
 \fi
-\par
+\fi%
-\endgroup
+\par
-}
+\endgroup}
-% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em.
+% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em.
 \def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
-\hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
+\hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
 \def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
 \newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
-\def\secondary#1#2{{%
-\parfillskip=0in
+\def\secondary #1#2{
-\parskip=0in
+{\parfillskip=0in \parskip=0in
-\hangindent=1in
+\hangindent =1in \hangafter=1
-\hangafter=1
+\noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill #2\par
-\noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill
-\ifpdf
-\pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
-\else
-#2
-\fi
-\par
 }}
 % Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
 % Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
 % the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
 \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
 \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
 %
 % Double the \vsize as well.  (We don't need a separate register here,
 % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
+\advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage
 \vsize = 2\vsize
 }
 % The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
 % the last.
 % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
 % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
 % previous page.
 \dimen@ = \vsize
 \divide\dimen@ by 2
-\advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
 %
 % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
 \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
 \onepageout\pagesofar
 \unvbox255
 \penalty\outputpenalty
 }
-%
-% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
-% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
 \def\pagesofar{%
+% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
+% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
 \unvbox\partialpage
 %
 \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
 \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
 \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
 }
-%
-% All done with double columns.
 \def\enddoublecolumns{%
-% The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised
-% _before_ we change the output routine.  This is necessary in the
-% following situation:
-%
-% The last section of the index consists only of a single entry.
-% Before this section, \pagetotal is less than \pagegoal, so no
-% break occurs before the last section starts.  However, the last
-% section, consisting of \initial and the single \entry, does not
-% fit on the page and has to be broken off.  Without the following
-% penalty the page builder will not be exercised until \eject
-% below, and by that time we'll already have changed the output
-% routine to the \balancecolumns version, so the next-to-last
-% double-column page will be processed with \balancecolumns, which
-% is wrong:  The two columns will go to the main vertical list, with
-% the broken-off section in the recent contributions.  As soon as
-% the output routine finishes, TeX starts reconsidering the page
-% break.  The two columns and the broken-off section both fit on the
-% page, because the two columns now take up only half of the page
-% goal.  When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final
-% section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after
-% \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns
-% and the final section into the vbox of \pageheight (see
-% \pagebody), causing an overfull box.
-%
-% Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the
-% page builder, unlike penalties (see The TeXbook, pp. 280-281).
-\penalty0
-%
 \output = {%
 % Split the last of the double-column material.  Leave it on the
 % current page, no automatic page break.
 \balancecolumns
 %
 % the current page.  We're now back to normal single-column
 % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the
 % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
 \pagegoal = \vsize
 }
-%
-% Called at the end of the double column material.
 \def\balancecolumns{%
+% Called at the end of the double column material.
 \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
 \dimen@ = \ht0
 \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
 \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
 \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
 \message{sectioning,}
 % Chapters, sections, etc.
-% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course.  But we count the unnumbered
-% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf
-% outlines by their "section number".  We avoid collisions with chapter
-% numbers by starting them at 10000.  (If a document ever has 10000
-% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.)
-\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000
 \newcount\chapno
 \newcount\secno        \secno=0
 \newcount\subsecno     \subsecno=0
 \newcount\subsubsecno  \subsubsecno=0
 % This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
 \newcount\appendixno  \appendixno = `\@
-%
 % \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
-% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple
+% We do the following for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
-% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
 % letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
-%
 \def\appendixletter{%
 \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
 % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
 \else\char\the\appendixno
 \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
 \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
-% Each @chapter defines these (using marks) as the number+name, number
+% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
-% and name of the chapter.  Page headings and footings can use
+% page headings and footings can use it.  @section does likewise.
-% these.  @section does likewise.
 \def\thischapter{}
-\def\thischapternum{}
-\def\thischaptername{}
 \def\thissection{}
-\def\thissectionnum{}
-\def\thissectionname{}
 \newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
-\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
+\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raise/lowersections modify this count
 % @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
 \def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
 \let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
 % @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
 \def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
 \let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
-% we only have subsub.
+% Choose a numbered-heading macro
-\chardef\maxseclevel = 3
+% #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections
-%
+% #2 is text for heading
-% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too.
+\def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
-% To achive this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in:
+\ifcase\absseclevel
-\chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel
+\chapterzzz{#2}
-%
+\or
-% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not:
+\seczzz{#2}
-% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored.
+\or
-\def\chapheadtype{N}
+\numberedsubseczzz{#2}
+\or
-% Choose a heading macro
+\numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
-% #1 is heading type
+\else
-% #2 is heading level
+\ifnum \absseclevel<0
-% #3 is text for heading
+\chapterzzz{#2}
-\def\genhead#1#2#3{%
-% Compute the abs. sec. level:
-\absseclevel=#2
-\advance\absseclevel by \secbase
-% Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range:
-\ifnum \absseclevel < 0
-\absseclevel = 0
 \else
-\ifnum \absseclevel > 3
+\numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
-\absseclevel = 3
-\fi
 \fi
-% The heading type:
+\fi
-\def\headtype{#1}%
+}
-\if \headtype U%
-\ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel
+% like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels
-\chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel
+\def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
-\fi
+\ifcase\absseclevel
+\appendixzzz{#2}
+\or
+\appendixsectionzzz{#2}
+\or
+\appendixsubseczzz{#2}
+\or
+\appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}
+\else
+\ifnum \absseclevel<0
+\appendixzzz{#2}
 \else
-% Check for appendix sections:
+\appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}
-\ifnum \absseclevel = 0
-\edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}%
-\else
-\if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N%
-	\errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}%
-\fi\fi
-\fi
-% Check for numbered within unnumbered:
-\ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel
-\def\headtype{U}%
-\else
-\chardef\unmlevel = 3
-\fi
 \fi
-% Now print the heading:
+\fi
-\if \headtype U%
+}
-\ifcase\absseclevel
-	\unnumberedzzz{#3}%
+% like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels
-\or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}%
+\def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
-\or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}%
+\ifcase\absseclevel
-\or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
+\unnumberedzzz{#2}
-\fi
+\or
+\unnumberedseczzz{#2}
+\or
+\unnumberedsubseczzz{#2}
+\or
+\unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
+\else
+\ifnum \absseclevel<0
+\unnumberedzzz{#2}
 \else
-\if \headtype A%
+\unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
-\ifcase\absseclevel
-	  \appendixzzz{#3}%
-\or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}%
-\or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}%
-\or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}%
-\fi
-\else
-\ifcase\absseclevel
-	  \chapterzzz{#3}%
-\or \seczzz{#3}%
-\or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}%
-\or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
-\fi
-\fi
 \fi
-\suppressfirstparagraphindent
+\fi
 }
-% an interface:
+% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered.
-\def\numhead{\genhead N}
+\def\thischaptername{No Chapter Title}
-\def\apphead{\genhead A}
+\outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy}
-\def\unnmhead{\genhead U}
+\def\chapteryyy #1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
+\def\chapterzzz #1{%
-% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered.  Increment top-level counter, reset
+\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
-% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero.
+\global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}%
-%
+\chapmacro {#1}{\the\chapno}%
-% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers
+\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-% (e.g., figures), q.v.  By default (before any chapter), that is empty.
+\gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
-\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
+% We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter
-%
+% because we don't want its macros evaluated now.
-\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
+\xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: \noexpand\thischaptername}%
-\def\chapterzzz#1{%
+\toks0 = {#1}%
-% section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}%
-% as an @include file.
+{\the\chapno}}}%
-\global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+\temp
-\global\advance\chapno by 1
+\donoderef
-%
+\global\let\section = \numberedsec
-% Used for \float.
+\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
-\gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}%
+\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
-\resetallfloatnos
+}
-%
-\message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}%
+\outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy}
-%
+\def\appendixyyy #1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
-% Write the actual heading.
+\def\appendixzzz #1{%
-\chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
+\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
-%
+\global\advance \appendixno by 1
-% So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter.
+\message{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}%
-\global\let\section = \numberedsec
+\chapmacro {#1}{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}%
-\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+\gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
-}
+\xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+\toks0 = {#1}%
-\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}%
-\def\appendixzzz#1{%
+{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}}}%
-\global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+\temp
-\global\advance\appendixno by 1
+\appendixnoderef
-\gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}%
+\global\let\section = \appendixsec
-\resetallfloatnos
+\global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
-%
+\global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
-\def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}%
-\message{\appendixnum}%
-%
-\chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
-%
-\global\let\section = \appendixsec
-\global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
-\global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
-}
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
-\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
-\global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
-\global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
-%
-% Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures.
-\global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
-\resetallfloatnos
-%
-% This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
-% argument to \message.  Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
-% expanded them.  For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
-% expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
-% to be executed, not expanded).
-%
-% Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
-% as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself.  We use
-% \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
-% simply yielding the contents of <toks register>.  (We also do this for
-% the toc entries.)
-\toks0 = {#1}%
-\message{(\the\toks0)}%
-%
-\chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}%
-%
-\global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
-\global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
-\global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
 }
 % @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
-\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{%
+\outer\def\centerchap{\parsearg\centerchapyyy}
-% Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break
+\def\centerchapyyy #1{{\let\unnumbchapmacro=\centerchapmacro \unnumberedyyy{#1}}}
-% an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level.
-% Thus we are safer this way:		--kasal, 24feb04
-\let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters
-\unnmhead0{#1}%
-\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
-}
 % @top is like @unnumbered.
-\let\top\unnumbered
+\outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy}
+\outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy}
+\def\unnumberedyyy #1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
+\def\unnumberedzzz #1{%
+\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
+%
+% This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
+% argument to \message.  Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
+% expanded them.  For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
+% expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
+% to be executed, not expanded).
+%
+% Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
+% as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself.  We use
+% \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
+% simply yielding the contents of <toks register>.  (We also do this for
+% the toc entries.)
+\toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}%
+%
+\unnumbchapmacro {#1}%
+\gdef\thischapter{#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbchapentry{\the\toks0}}}%
+\temp
+\unnumbnoderef
+\global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
+\global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
+\global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
+}
 % Sections.
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
+\outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy}
-\def\seczzz#1{%
+\def\secyyy #1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
-\global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
+\def\seczzz #1{%
-\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
+\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 %
-}
+\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}%
+\toks0 = {#1}%
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash secentry{\the\toks0}%
-\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
+{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}}}%
-\global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
+\temp
-\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
+\donoderef
-}
+\nobreak
-\let\appendixsec\appendixsection
+}
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
+\outer\def\appendixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy}
-\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
+\outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy}
-\global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
+\def\appendixsecyyy #1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
-\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
+\def\appendixsectionzzz #1{%
+\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 %
+\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}%
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash secentry{\the\toks0}%
+{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}}}%
+\temp
+\appendixnoderef
+\nobreak
+}
+\outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy}
+\def\unnumberedsecyyy #1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
+\def\unnumberedseczzz #1{%
+\plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsecentry{\the\toks0}}}%
+\temp
+\unnumbnoderef
+\nobreak
 }
 % Subsections.
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
+\outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy}
-\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
+\def\numberedsubsecyyy #1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
-\global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+\def\numberedsubseczzz #1{%
-\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 %
-}
+\subsecheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}%
+\toks0 = {#1}%
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsecentry{\the\toks0}%
-\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
+{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}}%
-\global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+\temp
-\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
+\donoderef
-{\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+\nobreak
 }
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
+\outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy}
-\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
+\def\appendixsubsecyyy #1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
-\global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+\def\appendixsubseczzz #1{%
-\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
+\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 %
-{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+\subsecheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}%
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsecentry{\the\toks0}%
+{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}}%
+\temp
+\appendixnoderef
+\nobreak
+}
+\outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy}
+\def\unnumberedsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
+\def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{%
+\plainsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsubsecentry%
+{\the\toks0}}}%
+\temp
+\unnumbnoderef
+\nobreak
 }
 % Subsubsections.
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
+\outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy}
-\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
+\def\numberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
-\global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+\def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{%
-\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
+\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 %
-{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+\subsubsecheading {#1}
-}
+{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}%
+\toks0 = {#1}%
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0}%
-\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
+{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}}%
-\global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+\temp
-\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
+\donoderef
-{\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+\nobreak
 }
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
+\outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy}
-\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
+\def\appendixsubsubsecyyy #1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
-\global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+\def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{%
-\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
+\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 %
-{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+\subsubsecheading {#1}
-}
+{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}%
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0}%
+{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}}%
+\temp
+\appendixnoderef
+\nobreak
+}
+\outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy}
+\def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
+\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{%
+\plainsubsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsubsubsecentry%
+{\the\toks0}}}%
+\temp
+\unnumbnoderef
+\nobreak
+}
+% These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo.
+% Actually, they should now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work.
+\def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
+\def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
+\def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz}
+\def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz}
+\def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz}
+\def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz}
+\def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz}
+\def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz}
+\def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz}
+\def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz}
+\def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz}
+\def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz}
+\def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz}
 % These macros control what the section commands do, according
 % to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
 % Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
-\let\section = \numberedsec
+\global\let\section = \numberedsec
-\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
-\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
 % Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
 % NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such:
 %       1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit
 %          heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
 %       3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
 %          if justification is not attempted.  Hence \raggedright.
-\def\majorheading{%
+\def\majorheading{\parsearg\majorheadingzzz}
-{\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
+\def\majorheadingzzz #1{%
-\parsearg\chapheadingzzz
+{\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
-}
+{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+\parindent=0pt\raggedright
-\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
+\rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200}
-\def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
-{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+\def\chapheading{\parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
-\parindent=0pt\raggedright
+\def\chapheadingzzz #1{\chapbreak %
-\rm #1\hfill}}%
+{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
-\bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax
+\parindent=0pt\raggedright
-\suppressfirstparagraphindent
+\rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200}
-}
 % @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
-\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+\def\heading{\parsearg\plainsecheading}
-\suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\def\subheading{\parsearg\plainsubsecheading}
-\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+\def\subsubheading{\parsearg\plainsubsubsecheading}
-\suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
-\suppressfirstparagraphindent}
 % These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
 % (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
 % given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
 %%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
 \def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
+\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
 %%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
 % Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
 \newskip\chapheadingskip
 \def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
 \def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
-% Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will
+\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi}
-% get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong.  But we don't
-% care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page.
-\def\chapoddpage{%
-\chappager
-\ifodd\pageno \else
-\begingroup
-\evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}%
-\oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}%
-\hbox to 0pt{}%
-\chappager
-\endgroup
-\fi
-}
 \def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
 \def\CHAPPAGoff{%
 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
 \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
 \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
 \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
-\def\CHAPPAGodd{%
+\def\CHAPPAGodd{
 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
 \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
 \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
 \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
 \CHAPPAGon
-% Chapter opening.
+\def\CHAPFplain{
-%
+\global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain
-% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
+\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfplain
-% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
+\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain}
-%
-% To test against our argument.
+% Plain chapter opening.
-\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
+% #1 is the text, #2 the chapter number or empty if unnumbered.
-\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
+\def\chfplain#1#2{%
-\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
-%
-\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{%
-% Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
-\let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs
-\let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
-\gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
-\gdef\thissection{}}%
-%
-\def\temptype{#2}%
-\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
-\gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
-\gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}%
-\else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
-\gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
-\gdef\thischapter{}}%
-\else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
-\toks0={#1}%
-\xdef\lastchapterdefs{%
-\gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
-\gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}%
-\gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \noexpand\thischapternum:
-\noexpand\thischaptername}%
-}%
-\else
-\toks0={#1}%
-\xdef\lastchapterdefs{%
-\gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
-\gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}%
-\gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \noexpand\thischapternum:
-\noexpand\thischaptername}%
-}%
-\fi\fi\fi
-%
-% Output the mark.  Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
-% the preceding space.
-\safewhatsit\domark
-%
-% Insert the chapter heading break.
 \pchapsepmacro
-%
-% Now the second mark, after the heading break.  No break points
-% between here and the heading.
-\let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs
-\let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
-\domark
-%
 {%
 \chapfonts \rm
-%
+\def\chapnum{#2}%
-% Have to define \lastsection before calling \donoderef, because the
+\setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\chapnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}%
-% xref code eventually uses it.  On the other hand, it has to be called
-% after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
-\gdef\lastsection{#1}%
-%
-% Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
-% number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
-\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
-\setbox0 = \hbox{}%
-\def\toctype{unnchap}%
-\else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
-\setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
-\def\toctype{omit}%
-\else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
-\setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
-\def\toctype{app}%
-\else
-\setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
-\def\toctype{numchap}%
-\fi\fi\fi
-%
-% Write the toc entry for this chapter.  Must come before the
-% \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc
-% entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty.
-\writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}%
-%
-% For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make
-% the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has
-% been typeset.  If the destination for the pdf outline is after the
-% text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not
-% being visible, for instance under high magnification.
-\donoderef{#2}%
-%
-% Typeset the actual heading.
-\nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue.
 \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
-\hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
+\hangindent = \wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
 \unhbox0 #1\par}%
 }%
 \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
 \nobreak
 }
+% Plain opening for unnumbered.
+\def\unnchfplain#1{\chfplain{#1}{}}
 % @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
 \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
-\def\centerparameters{%
+\def\centerchfplain#1{{%
-\advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
+\def\centerparametersmaybe{%
-\leftskip = \rightskip
+\advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
-\parfillskip = 0pt
+\leftskip = \rightskip
-}
+\parfillskip = 0pt
+}%
+\chfplain{#1}{}%
-% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not
+}}
-% updating it with the new noderef stuff.  We'll see.  --karl, 11aug03.
-%
+\CHAPFplain % The default
-\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
-%
 \def\unnchfopen #1{%
 \chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
 \parindent=0pt\raggedright
 \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
 }
 \def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
 \vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
 \par\penalty 5000 %
 }
 \def\centerchfopen #1{%
 \chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
 \parindent=0pt
 \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
 }
-\def\CHAPFopen{%
-\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
+\def\CHAPFopen{
-\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
+\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
+\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfopen
+\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
-% Section titles.  These macros combine the section number parts and
-% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
-%
+% Section titles.
 \newskip\secheadingskip
-\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}}
+\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip {-1000}}
+\def\secheading#1#2#3{\sectionheading{sec}{#2.#3}{#1}}
+\def\plainsecheading#1{\sectionheading{sec}{}{#1}}
 % Subsection titles.
-\newskip\subsecheadingskip
+\newskip \subsecheadingskip
-\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}}
+\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip {-500}}
+\def\subsecheading#1#2#3#4{\sectionheading{subsec}{#2.#3.#4}{#1}}
+\def\plainsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsec}{}{#1}}
 % Subsubsection titles.
-\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip}
+\let\subsubsecheadingskip = \subsecheadingskip
-\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak}
+\let\subsubsecheadingbreak = \subsecheadingbreak
+\def\subsubsecheading#1#2#3#4#5{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{#2.#3.#4.#5}{#1}}
+\def\plainsubsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{}{#1}}
-% Print any size, any type, section title.
-%
-% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is
+% Print any size section title.
-% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the
+%
-% section number.
+% #1 is the section type (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #2 is the section
-%
+% number (maybe empty), #3 the text.
-\def\seckeyword{sec}
+\def\sectionheading#1#2#3{%
-%
+{%
-\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
+\expandafter\advance\csname #1headingskip\endcsname by \parskip
+\csname #1headingbreak\endcsname
+}%
 {%
 % Switch to the right set of fonts.
-\csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
+\csname #1fonts\endcsname \rm
 %
-\def\sectionlevel{#2}%
+% Only insert the separating space if we have a section number.
-\def\temptype{#3}%
+\def\secnum{#2}%
+\setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\secnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}%
 %
-% Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
-\let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
-\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
-\ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
-\gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
-\gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}%
-\fi
-\else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
-% Don't redefine \thissection.
-\else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
-\ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
-\toks0={#1}%
-\xdef\lastsectiondefs{%
-\gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
-\gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
-\gdef\noexpand\thissection{\putwordSection{} \noexpand\thissectionnum:
-\noexpand\thissectionname}%
-}%
-\fi
-\else
-\ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
-\toks0={#1}%
-\xdef\lastsectiondefs{%
-\gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
-\gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
-\gdef\noexpand\thissection{\putwordSection{} \noexpand\thissectionnum:
-\noexpand\thissectionname}%
-}%
-\fi
-\fi\fi\fi
-%
-% Output the mark.  Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
-% the preceding space.
-\safewhatsit\domark
-%
-% Insert space above the heading.
-\csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
-%
-% Now the second mark, after the heading break.  No break points
-% between here and the heading.
-\let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
-\domark
-%
-% Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
-\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
-\setbox0 = \hbox{}%
-\def\toctype{unn}%
-\gdef\lastsection{#1}%
-\else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
-% for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
-% and don't redefine \lastsection.
-\setbox0 = \hbox{}%
-\def\toctype{omit}%
-\let\sectionlevel=\empty
-\else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
-\setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
-\def\toctype{app}%
-\gdef\lastsection{#1}%
-\else
-\setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
-\def\toctype{num}%
-\gdef\lastsection{#1}%
-\fi\fi\fi
-%
-% Write the toc entry (before \donoderef).  See comments in \chapmacro.
-\writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
-%
-% Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
-% Again, see comments in \chapmacro.
-\donoderef{#3}%
-%
-% Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed.
-% That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be
-% preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the
-% \writetocentry if there was no node).  We don't want to allow that
-% break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the
-% section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong.  Debian bug 276000.
-\nobreak
-%
-% Output the actual section heading.
 \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
-\hangindent=\wd0  % zero if no section number
+\hangindent = \wd0 % zero if no section number
-\unhbox0 #1}%
+\unhbox0 #3}%
 }%
-% Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it.
+\ifdim\parskip<10pt \nobreak\kern10pt\nobreak\kern-\parskip\fi \nobreak
-% Don't allow stretch, though.
-\kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname
-%
-% Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it
-% was followed by glue.
-\nobreak
-%
-% We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
-% glue accumulate.  (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
-% discardable item.)
-\vskip-\parskip
-%
-% This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty >
-% 10000.  This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after
-% section headings.  Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between:
-%
-%   @section sec-whatever
-%   @deffn def-whatever
-\penalty 10001
 }
 \message{toc,}
 % Table of contents.
 \newwrite\tocfile
 % Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
-% Called from @chapter, etc.
+% Called from @chapter, etc.  We supply {\folio} at the end of the
-%
+% argument, which will end up as the last argument to the \...entry macro.
-% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
+%
-% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional
+% We open the .toc file here instead of at @setfilename or any other
-% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually
+% given time so that @contents can be put in the document anywhere.
-% read this.  The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the
-% destination to jump to.
-%
-% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
-% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
-% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything.  This is used for the
-% table of contents chapter openings themselves.
 %
 \newif\iftocfileopened
-\def\omitkeyword{omit}%
+\def\writetocentry#1{%
-%
+\iftocfileopened\else
-\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{%
+\immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
-\edef\writetoctype{#1}%
+\global\tocfileopenedtrue
-\ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else
-\iftocfileopened\else
-\immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
-\global\tocfileopenedtrue
-\fi
-%
-\iflinks
-{\atdummies
-\edef\temp{%
-\write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\temp
-}%
-\fi
 \fi
-%
+\iflinks \write\tocfile{#1{\folio}}\fi
-% Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're
-% writing pdf.  These are used in the table of contents.  We can't
-% just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered
-% 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
-% two pages of the document.  Thus, we'd have two destinations named
-% `1', and two named `2'.
-\ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
-}
-% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman
-% fonts, so we must take special care.  This is more or less redundant
-% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file.
-%
-\def\activecatcodes{%
-\catcode`\"=\active
-\catcode`\$=\active
-\catcode`\<=\active
-\catcode`\>=\active
-\catcode`\\=\active
-\catcode`\^=\active
-\catcode`\_=\active
-\catcode`\|=\active
-\catcode`\~=\active
-}
-% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input.
-\def\readtocfile{%
-\setupdatafile
-\activecatcodes
-\input \tocreadfilename
 }
 \newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
 \newcount\savepageno
 \newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
-% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
+% Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written
+% to \tocfile.
 %
 \def\startcontents#1{%
 % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
 % start on an odd page, unlike chapters.  Thus, we maintain
 % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
 % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se>
 \contentsalignmacro
 \immediate\closeout\tocfile
 %
 % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
 % It is abundantly clear what they are.
-\chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
+\unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}%
-%
+\savepageno = \pageno
-\savepageno = \pageno
+\begingroup                  % Set up to handle contents files properly.
-\begingroup                  % Set up to handle contents files properly.
+\catcode`\\=0  \catcode`\{=1  \catcode`\}=2  \catcode`\@=11
-\raggedbottom              % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
+% We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section
-\advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
+% title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation.  --karl, 9jul97.
-%
+%\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi
-% Roman numerals for page numbers.
+\raggedbottom             % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
-\ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
+\advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
-}
+%
+% Roman numerals for page numbers.
-% redefined for the two-volume lispref.  We always output on
+\ifnum \pageno>0 \pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
-% \jobname.toc even if this is redefined.
+}
-%
-\def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc}
 % Normal (long) toc.
-%
 \def\contents{%
 \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
-\openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
+\openin 1 \jobname.toc
 \ifeof 1 \else
-\readtocfile
+\closein 1
-\fi
+\input \jobname.toc
-\vfill \eject
+\fi
-\contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+\vfill \eject
-\ifeof 1 \else
+\contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
 \pdfmakeoutlines
-\fi
+\endgroup
-\closein 1
+\lastnegativepageno = \pageno
-\endgroup
+\pageno = \savepageno
-\lastnegativepageno = \pageno
-\global\pageno = \savepageno
 }
 % And just the chapters.
 \def\summarycontents{%
 \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
 %
-\let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
+\let\chapentry = \shortchapentry
-\let\appentry = \shortchapentry
+\let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry
-\let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
+% We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
-% We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
+\secfonts
-\secfonts
+\let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf \let\sl=\shortcontsl
-\let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
+\rm
-\let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
+\hyphenpenalty = 10000
-\rm
+\advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
-\hyphenpenalty = 10000
+\def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{}
-\advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
+\def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{}
-\def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{}
+\def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{}
-\let\appsecentry = \numsecentry
+\def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{}
-\let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry
+\def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{}
-\let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+\def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{}
-\let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+\openin 1 \jobname.toc
-\let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+\ifeof 1 \else
-\let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+\closein 1
-\let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+\input \jobname.toc
-\let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+\fi
-\openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
+\vfill \eject
-\ifeof 1 \else
+\contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
-\readtocfile
+\endgroup
-\fi
+\lastnegativepageno = \pageno
-\closein 1
+\pageno = \savepageno
-\vfill \eject
-\contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
-\endgroup
-\lastnegativepageno = \pageno
-\global\pageno = \savepageno
 }
 \let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
-% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
+\ifpdf
-% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
+\pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}%
-%
+\fi
-\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
-% This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
-% widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
-% But use \hss just in case.
-% (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
-% the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
-%
-% We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange
-% with appendix letters.  And right-justifying numbers and
-% left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10
-% chapters.  Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters
-% there are before deciding ...
-\hbox to 1em{#1\hss}%
-}
 % These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
 % The first argument is the chapter or section name.
 % The last argument is the page number.
 % The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
-% Chapters, in the main contents.
+% Chapter-level things, for both the long and short contents.
-\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\def\chapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#3}}
-%
-% Chapters, in the short toc.
+% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings
-% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
+\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{%
-\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
+\tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#3\egroup}%
-\tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}%
+}
-}
+% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
-% Appendices, in the main contents.
+% The arg is, e.g. `Appendix A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
-% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box.
+% We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry
-%
+% command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry
-\def\appendixbox#1{%
+% for both, but it doesn't seem worth it.
-% We use M since it's probably the widest letter.
+%
-\setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
+\newdimen\shortappendixwidth
-\hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
+%
-%
+\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
-\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+% Compute width of word "Appendix", may change with language.
+\setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm \putwordAppendix}%
-% Unnumbered chapters.
+\shortappendixwidth = \wd0
-\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
+%
-\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}}
+% We typeset #1 in a box of constant width, regardless of the text of
+% #1, so the chapter titles will come out aligned.
+\setbox0 = \hbox{#1}%
+\dimen0 = \ifdim\wd0 > \shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth \else 0pt \fi
+%
+% This space should be plenty, since a single number is .5em, and the
+% widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
+% (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
+% the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
+\advance\dimen0 by 1.1em
+\hbox to \dimen0{#1\hfil}%
+}
+\def\unnumbchapentry#1#2{\dochapentry{#1}{#2}}
+\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#2\egroup}}
 % Sections.
-\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry
+\def\unnumbsecentry#1#2{\dosecentry{#1}{#2}}
-\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
 % Subsections.
-\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\def\subsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#2.#3.#4\labelspace#1}{#5}}
-\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry
+\def\unnumbsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#2}}
-\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
 % And subsubsections.
-\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\def\subsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
-\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry
+\dosubsubsecentry{#2.#3.#4.#5\labelspace#1}{#6}}
-\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
+\def\unnumbsubsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#2}}
 % This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
-% Same as \defaultparindent.
+\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 3pc
-\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt
 % Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
 % page number.
 %
 % If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
 \def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
 \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
 \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
 \endgroup}
-% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries.
+% Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for
-\let\tocentry = \entry
+% the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here.  (We
+% can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist
+% of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.)
+\def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup
+\vskip 0pt plus1pt % allow a little stretch for the sake of nice page breaks
+% Do not use \turnoffactive in these arguments.  Since the toc is
+% typeset in cmr, so characters such as _ would come out wrong; we
+% have to do the usual translation tricks.
+\entry{#1}{#2}%
+\endgroup}
 % Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
 \def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
 \def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
 \def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
 \def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
 \def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
-\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
+\let\subsecentryfonts = \textfonts
-\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
+\let\subsubsecentryfonts = \textfonts
 \message{environments,}
 % @foo ... @end foo.
+% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of
+% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
+% Furthermore, these definitions must come after we define our fonts.
+\newbox\dblarrowbox    \newbox\longdblarrowbox
+\newbox\pushcharbox    \newbox\bullbox
+\newbox\equivbox       \newbox\errorbox
+%{\tentt
+%\global\setbox\dblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}
+%\global\setbox\longdblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}
+%\global\setbox\pushcharbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}
+%\global\setbox\equivbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}
+% Adapted from the manmac format (p.420 of TeXbook)
+%\global\setbox\bullbox = \hbox to 1em{\kern.15em\vrule height .75ex width .85ex
+%                                      depth .1ex\hfil}
+%}
 % @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
-%
-% Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of
-% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
-%
 \def\point{$\star$}
-\def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}}
+\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
-\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
+\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
-\def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
 \def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
-\def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
+\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
-% The @error{} command.
 % Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
-%
-\newbox\errorbox
-%
 {\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
 \dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
 % The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
-\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf error\kern-1.5pt}
+\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt}
-%
-\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
+\global\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
 \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
 \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
-\vbox{%
+\vbox{
 \hrule height\dimen2
 \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt          % Space to left of text.
 \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
 \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
 \hrule height\dimen2}
 \hfil}
-%
+% The @error{} command.
 \def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
 % @tex ... @end tex    escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
 % One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
 % But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
-\envdef\tex{%
+\def\tex{\begingroup
 \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
 \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
-\catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
+\catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=13 \let~=\tie
 \catcode `\%=14
-\catcode `\+=\other
+\catcode 43=12 % plus
-\catcode `\"=\other
+\catcode`\"=12
-\catcode `\|=\other
+\catcode`\==12
-\catcode `\<=\other
+\catcode`\|=12
-\catcode `\>=\other
+\catcode`\<=12
+\catcode`\>=12
 \escapechar=`\\
 %
 \let\b=\ptexb
 \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
 \let\c=\ptexc
 \let\.=\ptexdot
 \let\dots=\ptexdots
 \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
 \let\!=\ptexexclam
 \let\i=\ptexi
-\let\indent=\ptexindent
-\let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
 \let\{=\ptexlbrace
 \let\+=\tabalign
 \let\}=\ptexrbrace
-\let\/=\ptexslash
 \let\*=\ptexstar
 \let\t=\ptext
-\expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop  % outer
-\let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing
 %
 \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
 \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
 \def\@{@}%
-}
+\let\Etex=\endgroup}
-% There is no need to define \Etex.
+% Define @lisp ... @endlisp.
-% Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
+% @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things,
-% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things,
+% including the definition of @endlisp (which normally is erroneous).
-% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
 % Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
 \newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
 % This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
 % such environments.  \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
 % have any width.
 \def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
+% Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
+% space in the output.  Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
+% is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
+% should produce a line of output anyway.
+%
+{\obeyspaces %
+\gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}}
+% Define \obeyedspace to be our active space, whatever it is.  This is
+% for use in \parsearg.
+{\sepspaces%
+\global\let\obeyedspace= }
 % This space is always present above and below environments.
 \newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
 % Make spacing and below environment symmetrical.  We use \parskip here
 % to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
 % is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
-% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
+% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip
 %
-\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
+\def\aboveenvbreak{{\advance\envskipamount by \parskip
-% =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
+\endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
-% \sectionheading, q.v.
+\removelastskip \penalty-50 \vskip\envskipamount \fi}}
-\ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
-\advance\envskipamount by \parskip
-\endgraf
-\ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
-\removelastskip
-% it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
-% or better ...
-\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi
-\vskip\envskipamount
-\fi
-\fi
-}}
 \let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
-% \nonarrowing is a flag.  If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will
+% \nonarrowing is a flag.  If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins.
-% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again.
 \let\nonarrowing=\relax
 % @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
 % environment contents.
 \font\circle=lcircle10
 \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
 \hskip\rskip}}
 %
 \newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
-\envdef\cartouche{%
+\long\def\cartouche{%
-\ifhmode\par\fi  % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
+\begingroup
-\startsavinginserts
+\lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
-\lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
+\leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*.
-\leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*.
+\cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
-\cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
+\advance\cartinner by-\rskip
-\advance\cartinner by-\rskip
+\cartouter=\hsize
-\cartouter=\hsize
+\advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
-\advance\cartouter by 18.4pt	% allow for 3pt kerns on either
+%                                    side, and for 6pt waste from
-				% side, and for 6pt waste from
+%                                    each corner char, and rule thickness
-				% each corner char, and rule thickness
+\normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
-\normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
+% Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
-% Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
+\let\nonarrowing=\comment
-\let\nonarrowing = t%
+\vbox\bgroup
-\vbox\bgroup
+\baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
-\baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
+\carttop
-\carttop
+\hbox\bgroup
-\hbox\bgroup
+\hskip\lskip
-	  \hskip\lskip
+\vrule\kern3pt
-	  \vrule\kern3pt
+\vbox\bgroup
-	  \vbox\bgroup
+\hsize=\cartinner
-	      \kern3pt
+\kern3pt
-	      \hsize=\cartinner
+\begingroup
-	      \baselineskip=\normbskip
+\baselineskip=\normbskip
-	      \lineskip=\normlskip
+\lineskip=\normlskip
-	      \parskip=\normpskip
+\parskip=\normpskip
-	      \vskip -\parskip
+\vskip -\parskip
-	      \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group.
-}
 \def\Ecartouche{%
-\ifhmode\par\fi
+\endgroup
-	      \kern3pt
+\kern3pt
-	  \egroup
+\egroup
-	  \kern3pt\vrule
+\kern3pt\vrule
-	  \hskip\rskip
+\hskip\rskip
 \egroup
 \cartbot
 \egroup
-\checkinserts
+\endgroup
-}
+}}
 % This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
 % inside a group.
 \def\nonfillstart{%
 \aboveenvbreak
+\inENV % This group ends at the end of the body
 \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
 \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
+\singlespace
 \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
 \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
 \parskip = 0pt
 \parindent = 0pt
 \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
+% @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing
+% at next level down.
 \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
 \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
 \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
-\else
+\let\exdent=\nofillexdent
-\let\nonarrowing = \relax
+\let\nonarrowing=\relax
 \fi
-\let\exdent=\nofillexdent
+}
-}
+% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the particular
-% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small.
+% environment, so the error checking in \end will work.
-% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall.
+%
-% This affects the following displayed environments:
+% To end an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph (via
-%    @example, @display, @format, @lisp
+% \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group.  That way we keep
-%
+% the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue will be
-\def\smallword{small}
+% inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the document, after
-\def\nosmallword{nosmall}
+% the environment.
-\let\SETdispenvsize\relax
+%
-\def\setnormaldispenv{%
+\def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup}
-\ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword
-% end paragraph for sake of leading, in case document has no blank
+% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font.
-% line.  This is redundant with what happens in \aboveenvbreak, but
+\def\lisp{\begingroup
-% we need to do it before changing the fonts, and it's inconvenient
-% to change the fonts afterward.
-\ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
-\smallexamplefonts \rm
-\fi
-}
-\def\setsmalldispenv{%
-\ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword
-\else
-\ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
-\smallexamplefonts \rm
-\fi
-}
-% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
-% Let's do it by one command:
-\def\makedispenv #1#2{
-\expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}
-\expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}
-\expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
-\expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
-}
-% Define two synonyms:
-\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{
-\makedispenv{#1}{#3}
-\makedispenv{#2}{#3}
-}
-% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp.
-%
-% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
-% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
-%
-\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{%
 \nonfillstart
-\tt\quoteexpand
+\let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish
+\tt
 \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
 \gobble       % eat return
 }
-% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
-%
+% @example: Same as @lisp.
-\makedispenv {display}{%
+\def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
+% @small... is usually equivalent to the non-small (@smallbook
+% redefines).  We must call \example (or whatever) last in the
+% definition, since it reads the return following the @example (or
+% whatever) command.
+%
+% This actually allows (for example) @end display inside an
+% @smalldisplay.  Too bad, but makeinfo will catch the error anyway.
+%
+\def\smalldisplay{\begingroup\def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\display}
+\def\smallexample{\begingroup\def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
+\def\smallformat{\begingroup\def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format}
+\def\smalllisp{\begingroup\def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
+% Real @smallexample and @smalllisp (when @smallbook): use smaller fonts.
+% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
+\def\smalllispx{\begingroup
+\def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+\def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+\smallfonts
+\lisp
+}
+% @display: same as @lisp except keep current font.
+%
+\def\display{\begingroup
 \nonfillstart
+\let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish
 \gobble
 }
-% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
+% @smalldisplay (when @smallbook): @display plus smaller fonts.
 %
-\makedispenv{format}{%
+\def\smalldisplayx{\begingroup
-\let\nonarrowing = t%
+\def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+\smallfonts \rm
+\display
+}
+% @format: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
+%
+\def\format{\begingroup
+\let\nonarrowing = t
 \nonfillstart
+\let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish
 \gobble
 }
-% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize.
+% @smallformat (when @smallbook): @format plus smaller fonts.
-\envdef\flushleft{%
+%
-\let\nonarrowing = t%
+\def\smallformatx{\begingroup
+\def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+\smallfonts \rm
+\format
+}
+% @flushleft (same as @format).
+%
+\def\flushleft{\begingroup \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format}
+% @flushright.
+%
+\def\flushright{\begingroup
+\let\nonarrowing = t
 \nonfillstart
-\gobble
+\let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish
-}
-\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak
-% @flushright.
-%
-\envdef\flushright{%
-\let\nonarrowing = t%
-\nonfillstart
 \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
 \gobble
 }
-\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
 % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
-% and narrows the margins.  We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since
+% and narrows the margins.
-% we're doing normal filling.  So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
+%
-% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
+\def\quotation{%
-%
+\begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body
-\envdef\quotation{%
 {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
+\singlespace
 \parindent=0pt
+% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
+% doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment...
+\def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \nonfillfinish}%
 %
 % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
 \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
 \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
 \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
 \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
-\else
 \let\nonarrowing = \relax
 \fi
-\parsearg\quotationlabel
-}
-% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
-% doing normal filling.
-%
-\def\Equotation{%
-\par
-\ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else
-% indent a bit.
-\leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}%
-\fi
-{\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
-}
-% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after.
-\def\quotationlabel#1{%
-\def\temp{#1}%
-\ifx\temp\empty \else
-{\bf #1: }%
-\fi
-}
-% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
-% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
-% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
-% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command.  --janneke@gnu.org
-%
-% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996.  The TeXbook.
-%
-% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets
-% active too.  Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a
-% verbatim line.
-\def\dospecials{%
-\do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
-\do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
-\do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
-}
-%
-% [Knuth] p. 380
-\def\uncatcodespecials{%
-\def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
-%
-% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
-% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
-\begingroup
-\catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
-\endgroup
-%
-% Setup for the @verb command.
-%
-% Eight spaces for a tab
-\begingroup
-\catcode`\^^I=\active
-\gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
-\endgroup
-%
-\def\setupverb{%
-\tt  % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
-\def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
-\catcode`\`=\active
-\tabeightspaces
-% Respect line breaks,
-% print special symbols as themselves, and
-% make each space count
-% must do in this order:
-\obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
-}
-% Setup for the @verbatim environment
-%
-% Real tab expansion
-\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
-%
-\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
-% Allow an option to not replace quotes with a regular directed right
-% quote/apostrophe (char 0x27), but instead use the undirected quote
-% from cmtt (char 0x0d).  The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it
-% the default, but it works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least
-% evince), the lilypond developers report.  xpdf does work with the
-% regular 0x27.
-%
-\def\codequoteright{%
-\expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
-\expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
-'%
-\else \char'15 \fi
-\else \char'15 \fi
-}
-%
-% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent.
-% Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like
-% the code environments to do likewise.
-%
-\def\codequoteleft{%
-\expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
-\expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
-`%
-\else \char'22 \fi
-\else \char'22 \fi
-}
-%
-\begingroup
-\catcode`\^^I=\active
-\gdef\tabexpand{%
-\catcode`\^^I=\active
-\def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
-\dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
-\divide\dimen0 by\tabw
-\multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
-\advance\dimen0 by\tabw  % advance to next multiple of \tabw
-\wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
-}%
-}
-\catcode`\'=\active
-\gdef\rquoteexpand{\catcode\rquoteChar=\active \def'{\codequoteright}}%
-%
-\catcode`\`=\active
-\gdef\lquoteexpand{\catcode\lquoteChar=\active \def`{\codequoteleft}}%
-%
-\gdef\quoteexpand{\rquoteexpand \lquoteexpand}%
-\endgroup
-% start the verbatim environment.
-\def\setupverbatim{%
-\let\nonarrowing = t%
-\nonfillstart
-% Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
-\tt
-\def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
-\catcode`\`=\active
-\tabexpand
-\quoteexpand
-% Respect line breaks,
-% print special symbols as themselves, and
-% make each space count
-% must do in this order:
-\obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
-\everypar{\starttabbox}%
-}
-% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
-% delimiter characters.  Before first delimiter expect a
-% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
-%
-%    \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
-%
-% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
-\begingroup
-\catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other
-\gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
-\endgroup
-%
-\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
-%
-%
-% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
-% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
-%
-%     \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
-%
-% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
-% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
-% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'.
-%
-% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
-%
-\begingroup
-\catcode`\ =\active
-\obeylines %
-% ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
-% of the @verbatim input line itself.  Otherwise we get an extra blank
-% line in the output.
-\xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}%
-% We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but
-% without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble.
-\endgroup
-%
-\envdef\verbatim{%
-\setupverbatim\doverbatim
-}
-\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak
-% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
-%
-\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude}
-%
-\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
-{%
-\makevalueexpandable
-\setupverbatim
-\input #1
-\afterenvbreak
-}%
-}
-% @copying ... @end copying.
-% Save the text away for @insertcopying later.
-%
-% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
-% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
-% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
-% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
-% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
-% possible is very desirable.
-%
-\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying}
-\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}}
-%
-\def\insertcopying{%
-\begingroup
-\parindent = 0pt  % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page
-\scanexp\copyingtext
-\endgroup
 }
 \message{defuns,}
 % @defun etc.
+% Allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally
+\def\setdeffont #1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname}
 \newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
 \newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
+\newskip\deftypemargin \deftypemargin=12pt
 \newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
-\newcount\defunpenalty
+\newcount\parencount
-% Start the processing of @deffn:
+% define \functionparens, which makes ( and ) and & do special things.
-\def\startdefun{%
+% \functionparens affects the group it is contained in.
-\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
+\def\activeparens{%
-\medbreak
+\catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active \catcode`\&=\active
-\defunpenalty=10003 % Will keep this @deffn together with the
+\catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active}
-% following @def command, see below.
-\else
+% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
-% If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
+\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
-% which is there to keep the function description together with its
-% header.  But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
+{\activeparens % Now, smart parens don't turn on until &foo (see \amprm)
-% break somewhere.  Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted
-% by \printdefunline, instead of 10000, since the sectioning
+% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc.  For example,
-% commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow
+% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
-% a break between a section heading and a defun.
+% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
-%
+\global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
-% As a minor refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling
+\global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
-% with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the
-% sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following
+\gdef\functionparens{\boldbrax\let&=\amprm\parencount=0 }
-% @def command.
+\gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
-\ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
+% This is used to turn on special parens
-%
+% but make & act ordinary (given that it's active).
-% Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
+\gdef\boldbraxnoamp{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb\let&=\ampnr}
-% But do insert the glue.
-\medskip  % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint
+% Definitions of (, ) and & used in args for functions.
-\fi
+% This is the definition of ( outside of all parentheses.
-%
+\gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested
+\global\advance\parencount by 1
+}
+%
+% This is the definition of ( when already inside a level of parens.
+\gdef\opnested{\char`\(\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
+%
+\gdef\clrm{% Print a paren in roman if it is taking us back to depth of 0.
+% also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (.
+\ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi
+\global\advance \parencount by -1 }
+% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
+\gdef\amprm#1 {{\rm\&#1}\let(=\oprm \let)=\clrm\ }
+%
+\gdef\normalparens{\boldbrax\let&=\ampnr}
+} % End of definition inside \activeparens
+%% These parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than the
+%% contained text.  This is especially needed for [ and ]
+\def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
+\def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}\global\advance\parencount by -1 }
+\let\ampnr = \&
+\def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}}
+\def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}}
+% Active &'s sneak into the index arguments, so make sure it's defined.
+{
+\catcode`& = 13
+\global\let& = \ampnr
+}
+% First, defname, which formats the header line itself.
+% #1 should be the function name.
+% #2 should be the type of definition, such as "Function".
+\def\defname #1#2{%
+% Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were
+% outside the @def...
+\dimen2=\leftskip
+\advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent
+\noindent
+\setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}%
+\dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0 % compute size for first line
+\dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent %size for continuations
+\parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1
+% Now output arg 2 ("Function" or some such)
+% ending at \deftypemargin from the right margin,
+% but stuck inside a box of width 0 so it does not interfere with linebreaking
+{% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins,
+% so that \rightline will obey them.
+\advance \hsize by -\dimen2
+\rlap{\rightline{{\rm #2}\hskip -1.25pc }}}%
+% Make all lines underfull and no complaints:
+\tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
+\advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+{\df #1}\enskip        % Generate function name
+}
+% Actually process the body of a definition
+% #1 should be the terminating control sequence, such as \Edefun.
+% #2 should be the "another name" control sequence, such as \defunx.
+% #3 should be the control sequence that actually processes the header,
+%    such as \defunheader.
+\def\defparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody
+\medbreak %
+% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
+% so that it will exit this group.
+\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}%
+\parindent=0in
+\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+\begingroup %
+\catcode 61=\active % 61 is `='
+\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}
+% #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define).
+% #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define).
+% #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing.
+% #4, delimited by the space, is the class name.
+%
+\def\defmethparsebody#1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV %
+\medbreak %
+% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
+% so that it will exit this group.
+\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+\def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
+\parindent=0in
+\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}}}
+% Used for @deftypemethod and @deftypeivar.
+% #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define).
+% #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define).
+% #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing.
+% #4, delimited by a space, is the class name.
+% #5 is the method's return type.
+%
+\def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {\begingroup\inENV
+\medbreak
+\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+\def#2##1 ##2 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}%
 \parindent=0in
 \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
 \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-}
+\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}}
-\def\dodefunx#1{%
+% Used for @deftypeop.  The change from \deftypemethparsebody is an
-% First, check whether we are in the right environment:
+% extra argument at the beginning which is the `category', instead of it
-\checkenv#1%
+% being the hardwired string `Method' or `Instance Variable'.  We have
-%
+% to account for this both in the \...x definition and in parsing the
-% As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row.
+% input at hand.  Thus also need a control sequence (passed as #5) for
-% It's not a great place, though.
+% the \E... definition to assign the category name to.
-\ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
+%
-%
+\def\deftypeopparsebody#1#2#3#4#5 #6 {\begingroup\inENV
-% And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun:
+\medbreak
-\expandafter\gobbledefun#1%
+\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
-}
+\def#2##1 ##2 ##3 {%
-\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{}
+\def#4{##1}%
+\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}{##3}}}%
-% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text}
+\parindent=0in
-%
+\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
-\def\printdefunline#1#2{%
+\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}{#6}}}
+\def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV %
+\medbreak %
+% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
+% so that it will exit this group.
+\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}%
+\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}%
+\parindent=0in
+\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}}}
+% These parsing functions are similar to the preceding ones
+% except that they do not make parens into active characters.
+% These are used for "variables" since they have no arguments.
+\def\defvarparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody
+\medbreak %
+% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
+% so that it will exit this group.
+\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit#3}%
+\parindent=0in
+\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+\begingroup %
+\catcode 61=\active %
+\obeylines\spacesplit#3}
+% This is used for \def{tp,vr}parsebody.  It could probably be used for
+% some of the others, too, with some judicious conditionals.
+%
+\def\parsebodycommon#1#2#3{%
+\begingroup\inENV %
+\medbreak %
+% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
+% so that it will exit this group.
+\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+\def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
+\parindent=0in
+\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+\begingroup\obeylines
+}
+\def\defvrparsebody#1#2#3#4 {%
+\parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+\spacesplit{#3{#4}}%
+}
+% This loses on `@deftp {Data Type} {struct termios}' -- it thinks the
+% type is just `struct', because we lose the braces in `{struct
+% termios}' when \spacesplit reads its undelimited argument.  Sigh.
+% \let\deftpparsebody=\defvrparsebody
+%
+% So, to get around this, we put \empty in with the type name.  That
+% way, TeX won't find exactly `{...}' as an undelimited argument, and
+% won't strip off the braces.
+%
+\def\deftpparsebody #1#2#3#4 {%
+\parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+\spacesplit{\parsetpheaderline{#3{#4}}}\empty
+}
+% Fine, but then we have to eventually remove the \empty *and* the
+% braces (if any).  That's what this does.
+%
+\def\removeemptybraces\empty#1\relax{#1}
+% After \spacesplit has done its work, this is called -- #1 is the final
+% thing to call, #2 the type name (which starts with \empty), and #3
+% (which might be empty) the arguments.
+%
+\def\parsetpheaderline#1#2#3{%
+#1{\removeemptybraces#2\relax}{#3}%
+}%
+\def\defopvarparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV %
+\medbreak %
+% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
+% so that it will exit this group.
+\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}%
+\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}%
+\parindent=0in
+\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{#5}}}
+% Split up #2 at the first space token.
+% call #1 with two arguments:
+%  the first is all of #2 before the space token,
+%  the second is all of #2 after that space token.
+% If #2 contains no space token, all of it is passed as the first arg
+% and the second is passed as empty.
+{\obeylines
+\gdef\spacesplit#1#2^^M{\endgroup\spacesplitfoo{#1}#2 \relax\spacesplitfoo}%
+\long\gdef\spacesplitfoo#1#2 #3#4\spacesplitfoo{%
+\ifx\relax #3%
+#1{#2}{}\else #1{#2}{#3#4}\fi}}
+% So much for the things common to all kinds of definitions.
+% Define @defun.
+% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of \defun
+% Use this to expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up
+\def\defunargs#1{\functionparens \sl
+% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars.
+% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar.
+% Set the font temporarily and use \font in case \setfont made \tensl a macro.
+{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=0}%
+#1%
+{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=45}%
+\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}\fi%
+\interlinepenalty=10000
+\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
+\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
+}
+\def\deftypefunargs #1{%
+% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars.
+% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar.
+% Use \boldbraxnoamp, not \functionparens, so that & is not special.
+\boldbraxnoamp
+\tclose{#1}% avoid \code because of side effects on active chars
+\interlinepenalty=10000
+\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
+\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
+}
+% Do complete processing of one @defun or @defunx line already parsed.
+% @deffn Command forward-char nchars
+\def\deffn{\defmethparsebody\Edeffn\deffnx\deffnheader}
+\def\deffnheader #1#2#3{\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}%
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defunargs{#3}\endgroup %
+\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+% @defun == @deffn Function
+\def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader}
+\def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDeffunc}%
+\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
+\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+% @deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
+\def\deftypefun{\defparsebody\Edeftypefun\deftypefunx\deftypefunheader}
+% #1 is the data type.  #2 is the name and args.
+\def\deftypefunheader #1#2{\deftypefunheaderx{#1}#2 \relax}
+% #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args.
+\def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{%
+\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{\putwordDeftypefun}%
+\deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup %
+\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+% @deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
+\def\deftypefn{\defmethparsebody\Edeftypefn\deftypefnx\deftypefnheader}
+% \defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$
+% puts #1 in @code, followed by a space, but does nothing if #1 is null.
+\def\defheaderxcond#1#2$$${\ifx#1\relax\else\code{#1#2} \fi}
+% #1 is the classification.  #2 is the data type.  #3 is the name and args.
+\def\deftypefnheader #1#2#3{\deftypefnheaderx{#1}{#2}#3 \relax}
+% #1 is the classification, #2 the data type, #3 the name, #4 the args.
+\def\deftypefnheaderx #1#2#3 #4\relax{%
+\doind {fn}{\code{#3}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup
+\normalparens % notably, turn off `&' magic, which prevents
+%               at least some C++ text from working
+\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1}%
+\deftypefunargs {#4}\endgroup %
+\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+% @defmac == @deffn Macro
+\def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader}
+\def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefmac}%
+\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
+\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+% @defspec == @deffn Special Form
+\def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader}
+\def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefspec}%
+\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
+\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+% @defop CATEGORY CLASS OPERATION ARG...
+%
+\def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}%
+\defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype}
+%
+\def\defopheader#1#2#3{%
+\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ #1}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype\ \putwordon\ #1}%
+\defunargs {#3}\endgroup %
+}
+% @deftypeop CATEGORY CLASS TYPE OPERATION ARG...
+%
+\def\deftypeop #1 {\def\deftypeopcategory{#1}%
+\deftypeopparsebody\Edeftypeop\deftypeopx\deftypeopheader
+\deftypeopcategory}
+%
+% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the operation name, #4 the args.
+\def\deftypeopheader#1#2#3#4{%
+\dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
 \begingroup
-% call \deffnheader:
+\defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}
-#1#2 \endheader
+{\deftypeopcategory\ \putwordon\ \code{#1}}%
-% common ending:
+\deftypefunargs{#4}%
-\interlinepenalty = 10000
-\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
-\endgraf
-\nobreak\vskip -\parskip
-\penalty\defunpenalty  % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
-% Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses,
-% rendering the following check redundant.  But we don't optimize.
-\checkparencounts
 \endgroup
 }
-\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak}
+% @deftypemethod CLASS TYPE METHOD ARG...
+%
-% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn;
+\def\deftypemethod{%
-% the only thing remaining is to define \deffnheader.
+\deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemethodx\deftypemethodheader}
 %
-\def\makedefun#1{%
+% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the method name, #4 the args.
-\expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun
+\def\deftypemethodheader#1#2#3#4{%
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun
+\dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
-\makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}%
+\begingroup
-\temp
+\defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}%
-}
+\deftypefunargs{#4}%
+\endgroup
-% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader
+}
-%
-% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters.
+% @deftypeivar CLASS TYPE VARNAME
-% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly.
+%
-%
+\def\deftypeivar{%
-\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{%
+\deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypeivar\deftypeivarx\deftypeivarheader}
-\envdef#1{%
+%
-\startdefun
+% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the variable name.
-\parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
+\def\deftypeivarheader#1#2#3{%
-}%
+\dosubind{vr}{\code{#3}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in variable index
-\def#2{\dodefunx#1}%
+\begingroup
-\def#3%
+\defname{#3}{\putwordInstanceVariableof\ \code{#1}}%
-}
+\defvarargs{#3}%
+\endgroup
-%%% Untyped functions:
+}
-% @deffn category name args
+% @defmethod == @defop Method
-\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}}
+%
+\def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader}
-% @deffn category class name args
+%
-\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
+% #1 is the class name, #2 the method name, #3 the args.
+\def\defmethodheader#1#2#3{%
-% \defopon {category on}class name args
+\dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
-\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
+\begingroup
+\defname{#2}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}%
-% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args
+\defunargs{#3}%
-%
+\endgroup
-\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{%
+}
-% Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}.
-\dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}%
+% @defcv {Class Option} foo-class foo-flag
-\defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
-}
+\def\defcv #1 {\def\defcvtype{#1}%
+\defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype}
-%%% Typed functions:
+\def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{%
-% @deftypefn category type name args
+\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ #1}% Make entry in var index
-\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}}
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype\ \putwordof\ #1}%
+\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup %
-% @deftypeop category class type name args
+}
-\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
+% @defivar CLASS VARNAME == @defcv {Instance Variable} CLASS VARNAME
-% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args
+%
-\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
+\def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader}
+%
-% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args
+\def\defivarheader#1#2#3{%
-%
+\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ #1}% entry in var index
-\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
+\begingroup
-\dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
+\defname{#2}{\putwordInstanceVariableof\ #1}%
-\defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
+\defvarargs{#3}%
-}
+\endgroup
+}
-%%% Typed variables:
+% @defvar
-% @deftypevr category type var args
+% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar.
-\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}}
+% This is actually simple: just print them in roman.
+% This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up
-% @deftypecv category class type var args
+\def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1%
-\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
+\interlinepenalty=10000
+\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak}
-% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args
-\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
+% @defvr Counter foo-count
-% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args
+\def\defvr{\defvrparsebody\Edefvr\defvrx\defvrheader}
-%
-\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
+\def\defvrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}%
-\dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defvarargs{#3}\endgroup}
-\defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
-}
+% @defvar == @defvr Variable
-%%% Untyped variables:
+\def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader}
-% @defvr category var args
+\def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
-\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefvar}%
+\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
-% @defcv category class var args
+}
-\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
+% @defopt == @defvr {User Option}
-% \defcvof {category of}class var args
-\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} }
+\def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader}
-%%% Type:
+\def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
-% @deftp category name args
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefopt}%
-\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
+\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
-\doind{tp}{\code{#2}}%
+}
-\defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
-}
+% @deftypevar int foobar
-% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts:
+\def\deftypevar{\defvarparsebody\Edeftypevar\deftypevarx\deftypevarheader}
-\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
-\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} }
+% #1 is the data type.  #2 is the name, perhaps followed by text that
-\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} }
+% is actually part of the data type, which should not be put into the index.
-\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
+\def\deftypevarheader #1#2{%
-\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
+\dovarind#2 \relax% Make entry in variables index
-\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} }
+\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{\putwordDeftypevar}%
-\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
+\interlinepenalty=10000
-\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon}
+\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
-\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon}
+\endgroup}
-\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
+\def\dovarind#1 #2\relax{\doind{vr}{\code{#1}}}
-\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
+% @deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable
-% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
-% #1 is the category, such as "Function".
+\def\deftypevr{\defvrparsebody\Edeftypevr\deftypevrx\deftypevrheader}
-% #2 is the return type, if any.
-% #3 is the function name.
+\def\deftypevrheader #1#2#3{\dovarind#3 \relax%
-%
+\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1}
-% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any.
+\interlinepenalty=10000
-%
+\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
-\def\defname#1#2#3{%
+\endgroup}
-% Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
-\advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+% Now define @deftp
-%
+% Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar.
-% How we'll format the type name.  Putting it in brackets helps
-% distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
+\def\deftpargs #1{\bf \defvarargs{#1}}
-% just below it.
-\def\temp{#1}%
+% @deftp Class window height width ...
-\setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi}
-%
+\def\deftp{\deftpparsebody\Edeftp\deftpx\deftpheader}
-% Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape.
-% The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero,
+\def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}%
-% we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it:
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup}
-\dimen0=\hsize  \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0  \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip
-% The continuations:
+% These definitions are used if you use @defunx (etc.)
-\dimen2=\hsize  \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent
+% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx.
-% (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.)
+%
-\parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2
+\def\defcvx#1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}}
-%
+\def\deffnx#1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}}
-% Put the type name to the right margin.
+\def\defivarx#1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}}
-\noindent
+\def\defmacx#1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}}
-\hbox to 0pt{%
+\def\defmethodx#1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}}
-\hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize
+\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}}
-% \hsize has to be shortened this way:
+\def\defopx#1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}}
-\kern\leftskip
+\def\defspecx#1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}}
-% Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space.
+\def\deftpx#1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}}
-}%
+\def\deftypefnx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}}
-%
+\def\deftypefunx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefunx in invalid context}}
-% Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
+\def\deftypeivarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeivarx in invalid context}}
-\tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
+\def\deftypemethodx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}}
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+\def\deftypeopx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeopx in invalid context}}
-{%
+\def\deftypevarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}}
-% defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because:
+\def\deftypevrx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}}
-% . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle.
+\def\defunx#1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}}
-% . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's
+\def\defvarx#1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}}
-%   common to leave accents off identifiers.  The result looks ok in
+\def\defvrx#1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}}
-%   tt, but exceedingly strange in rm.
-% . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures.
-% . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no
-%   one has made identifiers using them :).
-\df \tt
-\def\temp{#2}% return value type
-\ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi
-#3% output function name
-}%
-{\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm
-%
-\boldbrax
-% arguments will be output next, if any.
-}
-% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using
-% tt for the name.  This is because literal text is sometimes needed in
-% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very
-% distinguishable.  Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars.
-%
-\def\defunargs#1{%
-% use sl by default (not ttsl),
-% tt for the names.
-\df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0
-%
-% On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we
-% want a way to get ttsl.  Let's try @var for that.
-\let\var=\ttslanted
-#1%
-\sl\hyphenchar\font=45
-}
-% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
-%
-\def\activeparens{%
-\catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
-\catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
-\catcode`\&=\active
-}
-% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
-\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
-% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc.  For example,
-% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
-% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
-{
-\activeparens
-\global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
-\global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
-\global\let& = \&
-\gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
-\gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm}
-}
-\newcount\parencount
-% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
-\newif\ifampseen
-\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\&#1 }}
-\def\parenfont{%
-\ifampseen
-% At the first level, print parens in roman,
-% otherwise use the default font.
-\ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi
-\else
-% The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than
-% the contained text.  This is especially needed for [ and ] .
-\sf
-\fi
-}
-\def\infirstlevel#1{%
-\ifampseen
-\ifnum\parencount=1
-#1%
-\fi
-\fi
-}
-\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf}
-\def\opnr{%
-\global\advance\parencount by 1
-{\parenfont(}%
-\infirstlevel \bfafterword
-}
-\def\clnr{%
-{\parenfont)}%
-\infirstlevel \sl
-\global\advance\parencount by -1
-}
-\newcount\brackcount
-\def\lbrb{%
-\global\advance\brackcount by 1
-{\bf[}%
-}
-\def\rbrb{%
-{\bf]}%
-\global\advance\brackcount by -1
-}
-\def\checkparencounts{%
-\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi
-\ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi
-}
-% these should not use \errmessage; the glibc manual, at least, actually
-% has such constructs (when documenting function pointers).
-\def\badparencount{%
-\message{Warning: unbalanced parentheses in @def...}%
-\global\parencount=0
-}
-\def\badbrackcount{%
-\message{Warning: unbalanced square brackets in @def...}%
-\global\brackcount=0
-}
 \message{macros,}
 % @macro.
 % To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
 % which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
 \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
 \newwrite\macscribble
-\def\scantokens#1{%
+\def\scanmacro#1{%
-\toks0={#1}%
+\begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
-\immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
+% Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
-\immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
+\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=12 \escapechar=`\@
-\immediate\closeout\macscribble
+% Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
-\input \jobname.tmp
+\toks0={#1\endinput}%
-}
+\immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
+\immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
+\immediate\closeout\macscribble
+\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
+\input \jobname.tmp
+\endgroup
+}
+\else
+\def\scanmacro#1{%
+\begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
+% Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
+\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=12 \escapechar=`\@
+\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1\endinput}\endgroup}
 \fi
-\def\scanmacro#1{%
-\begingroup
-\newlinechar`\^^M
-\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
-% Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
-% When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active
-% backslash to get it printed correctly.  Previously, we had
-% \catcode`\\=\other instead.  We'll see whether a problem appears
-% with macro expansion.				--kasal, 19aug04
-\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@
-% ... and \example
-\spaceisspace
-%
-% Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
-% I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX
-%							--kasal, 29nov03
-\scantokens{#1\endinput}%
-\endgroup
-}
-\def\scanexp#1{%
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}%
-\temp
-}
 \newcount\paramno   % Count of parameters
 \newtoks\macname    % Macro name
 \newif\ifrecursive  % Is it recursive?
+\def\macrolist{}    % List of all defined macros in the form
-% List of all defined macros in the form
+% \do\macro1\do\macro2...
-%    \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2...
-% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split
-% if there is a need.
-\def\macrolist{}
-% Add the macro to \macrolist
-\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname}
-\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{%
-\toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}%
-\xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}%
-}
 % Utility routines.
-% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is,
+% Thisdoes \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames.
-%   \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname
-% (except of course we have to play expansion games).
-%
 \def\cslet#1#2{%
-\expandafter\let
+\expandafter\expandafter
-\csname#1\expandafter\endcsname
+\expandafter\let
-\csname#2\endcsname
+\expandafter\expandafter
-}
+\csname#1\endcsname
+\csname#2\endcsname}
 % Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
 % Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
 {\catcode`\@=11
 \gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
 \def\unbrace#1{#1}
 \unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1}
 }
 % Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
-{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3%
+{\catcode`\^^M=12\catcode`\Q=3%
 \gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
 \gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
 \gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
 }
 % Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
 % all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
 % (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
-% Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate
-% them to avoid their expansion.  Must do this non-globally, to
-% confine the change to the current group.
 % It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
 % done by  making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
 % body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
-\def\scanctxt{%
-\catcode`\"=\other
-\catcode`\+=\other
-\catcode`\<=\other
-\catcode`\>=\other
-\catcode`\@=\other
-\catcode`\^=\other
-\catcode`\_=\other
-\catcode`\|=\other
-\catcode`\~=\other
-\ifx\declaredencoding\ascii \else \setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal\other \fi
-}
-\def\scanargctxt{%
-\scanctxt
-\catcode`\\=\other
-\catcode`\^^M=\other
-}
 \def\macrobodyctxt{%
-\scanctxt
+\catcode`\~=12
-\catcode`\{=\other
+\catcode`\^=12
-\catcode`\}=\other
+\catcode`\_=12
-\catcode`\^^M=\other
+\catcode`\|=12
-\usembodybackslash
+\catcode`\<=12
-}
+\catcode`\>=12
+\catcode`\+=12
+\catcode`\{=12
+\catcode`\}=12
+\catcode`\@=12
+\catcode`\^^M=12
+\usembodybackslash}
 \def\macroargctxt{%
-\scanctxt
+\catcode`\~=12
-\catcode`\\=\other
+\catcode`\^=12
-}
+\catcode`\_=12
+\catcode`\|=12
+\catcode`\<=12
+\catcode`\>=12
+\catcode`\+=12
+\catcode`\@=12
+\catcode`\\=12}
 % \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
 % It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
 % where N is the macro parameter number.
 % We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
 \fi
 \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
 \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
 \else
 \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
-\else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
+\else \errmessage{The name \the\macname\space is reserved}\fi
 \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
 \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
-\addtomacrolist{\the\macname}%
+% Add the macroname to \macrolist
+\toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}%
+\xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0
+\expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}%
 \fi
 \begingroup \macrobodyctxt
 \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
 \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
 \fi}
-\parseargdef\unmacro{%
+\def\unmacro{\parsearg\unmacroxxx}
+\def\unmacroxxx#1{%
 \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
 \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
 \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
-% Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
+% Remove the macro name from \macrolist
 \begingroup
-\expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
+\edef\tempa{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}%
-\let\definedummyword\unmacrodo
+\def\do##1{%
-\xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
+\def\tempb{##1}%
+\ifx\tempa\tempb
+% remove this
+\else
+\toks0 = \expandafter{\newmacrolist\do}%
+\edef\newmacrolist{\the\toks0\expandafter\noexpand\tempa}%
+\fi}%
+\def\newmacrolist{}%
+% Execute macro list to define \newmacrolist
+\macrolist
+\global\let\macrolist\newmacrolist
 \endgroup
 \else
 \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
-\fi
-}
-% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro.  The idea is to omit any
-% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
-%
-\def\unmacrodo#1{%
-\ifx #1\relax
-% remove this
-\else
-\noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1%
 \fi
 }
 % This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
 % <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
 % \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
 % {.  If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
 % line.  Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
 % as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
-\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
+\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
 \def\braceorlinexxx{%
 \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
 \expandafter\parsearg
-\fi \macnamexxx}
+\fi \next}
+% We mant to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not
+% expanded by \write.
+\def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}%
+\edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next}
 % @alias.
 % We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
 % sign.  Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
-\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
+\def\alias{\begingroup\obeyspaces\parsearg\aliasxxx}
 \def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
-\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
+\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{\ignoreactivespaces
-{%
+\edef\next{\global\let\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname=%
-\expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty
+\expandafter\noexpand\csname#2\endcsname}%
-\addtomacrolist{#1}%
+\expandafter\endgroup\next}
-\xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}%
-}%
-\next
-}
 \message{cross references,}
+% @xref etc.
 \newwrite\auxfile
 \newif\ifhavexrefs    % True if xref values are known.
 \newif\ifwarnedxrefs  % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
 % @inforef is relatively simple.
 \def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
 \def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
 node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
-% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
+% @node's job is to define \lastnode.
-% cross-references.  The @node line might or might not have commas, and
+\def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz}
-% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like:
+\def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx [#1,]}
-% @node foo , bar , ...
+\def\nodexxx[#1,#2]{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
-% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name.
-%
-\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse}
-%
-% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this:
-% @node Help-Cross,  ,  , Cross-refs
-\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse}
-\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
 \let\nwnode=\node
-\let\lastnode=\empty
+\let\lastnode=\relax
-% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node.  #1 is the
+% The sectioning commands (@chapter, etc.) call these.
-% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
+\def\donoderef{%
-%
+\ifx\lastnode\relax\else
-\def\donoderef#1{%
+\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}%
-\ifx\lastnode\empty\else
+{Ysectionnumberandtype}%
-\setref{\lastnode}{#1}%
+\global\let\lastnode=\relax
-\global\let\lastnode=\empty
 \fi
 }
+\def\unnumbnoderef{%
+\ifx\lastnode\relax\else
+\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}{Ynothing}%
+\global\let\lastnode=\relax
+\fi
+}
+\def\appendixnoderef{%
+\ifx\lastnode\relax\else
+\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}%
+{Yappendixletterandtype}%
+\global\let\lastnode=\relax
+\fi
+}
 % @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
 %
 \newcount\savesfregister
-%
+\gdef\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
-\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
+\gdef\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
-\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
+\gdef\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
-\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
+% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME, namely
-% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
+% NAME-title, NAME-pg, and NAME-SNT.  Called from \foonoderef.  We have
-% anchor), which consists of three parts:
+% to set \indexdummies so commands such as @code in a section title
-% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \lastsection,
+% aren't expanded.  It would be nicer not to expand the titles in the
-%                 or the anchor name.
+% first place, but there's so many layers that that is hard to do.
-% 2) NAME-snt   - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
+%
-%                 empty for anchors.
+\def\setref#1#2{{%
-% 3) NAME-pg    - the page number.
+\indexdummies
-%
-% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat.  In the case of
-% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here:
-% 4) NAME-lof   - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats.
-%
-\def\setref#1#2{%
 \pdfmkdest{#1}%
-\iflinks
+\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}%
-{%
+\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}%
-\atdummies  % preserve commands, but don't expand them
+\dosetq{#1-snt}{#2}%
-\edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
+}}
-	\write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
-	  ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
-}%
-\toks0 = \expandafter{\lastsection}%
-\immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
-\immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
-\safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, during \shipout
-}%
-\fi
-}
 % @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references.  For \xrefX, #1 is
 % the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
 % node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
 % manual.  All but the node name can be omitted.
 \def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
 \def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
 \def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
 \unsepspaces
 \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
-\def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}%
+\def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}%
-\setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}%
+\setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}%
-\setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}%
+\setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}%
 \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
 % No printed node name was explicitly given.
 \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax
 % Use the node name inside the square brackets.
-\def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
+\def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
 \else
 % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
 % the square brackets.  Use the real section title if we have it.
 \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
 % It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
-\def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
+\def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
 \else
 \ifhavexrefs
 % We know the real title if we have the xref values.
-\def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
+\def\printednodename{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
 \else
 % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
-\def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
+\def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
 \fi%
 \fi
 \fi
 \fi
 %
-% Make link in pdf output.
+% If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
+% insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
+% not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names.  Since some manuals
+% are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
+% is a loss.  Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
+% is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
 \ifpdf
-{\indexnofonts
+\leavevmode
-\turnoffactive
+\getfilename{#4}%
-% This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
+\ifnum\filenamelength>0
-% etc. don't get their TeX definitions.
+\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
-\getfilename{#4}%
+goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1@}%
-%
+\else
-% See comments at \activebackslashdouble.
+\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
-{\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfxrefdest{#1}%
+goto name{#1@}%
-\backslashparens\pdfxrefdest}%
+\fi
-%
+\linkcolor
-\leavevmode
+\fi
-\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+%
-\ifnum\filenamelength>0
+\ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
-goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}%
+\putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
 \else
-goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}%
+% _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
-\fi
+% control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
+% into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
+% printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
+% printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
+{\normalturnoffactive
+% Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
+% @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
+\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
+\ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
 }%
-\setcolor{\linkcolor}%
+% [mynode],
-\fi
+[\printednodename],\space
-%
+% page 3
-% Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
+\turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
-% instead of "[somenode], p.3".  We distinguish them by the
-% LABEL-title being set to a magic string.
-{%
-% Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
-% include an _ in the xref name, etc.
-\indexnofonts
-\turnoffactive
-\expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
-\csname XR#1-title\endcsname
-}%
-\iffloat\Xthisreftitle
-% If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
-% print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
-\ifdim\wd0 = 0pt
-\refx{#1-snt}{}%
-\else
-\printedrefname
-\fi
-%
-% if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
-% "in MANUALNAME".
-\ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
-\space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
-\fi
-\else
-% node/anchor (non-float) references.
-%
-% If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
-% insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
-% not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names.  Since some manuals
-% are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
-% is a loss.  Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
-% is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
-\ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
-\putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
-\else
-% _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
-% control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
-% into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
-% printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
-% printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
-{\turnoffactive
-% Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
-% @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
-\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
-\ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
-}%
-% output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden.
-\xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
-%
-% But we always want a comma and a space:
-,\space
-%
-% output the `page 3'.
-\turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
-\fi
 \fi
 \endlink
 \endgroup}
-% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
+% \dosetq is the interface for calls from other macros
-% output.  It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
-% since square brackets don't work well in some documents.  Particularly
+% Use \normalturnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore
-% one that Bob is working on :).
+% and backslash work in node names.  (\turnoffactive doesn't do \.)
-%
+\def\dosetq#1#2{%
-\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]}
+{\let\folio=0%
+\normalturnoffactive
-% Things referred to by \setref.
+\edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq{#1}{#2}}}%
-%
+\iflinks
+\next
+\fi
+}%
+}
+% \internalsetq {foo}{page} expands into
+% CHARACTERS 'xrdef {foo}{...expansion of \Ypage...}
+% When the aux file is read, ' is the escape character
+\def\internalsetq #1#2{'xrdef {#1}{\csname #2\endcsname}}
+% Things to be expanded by \internalsetq
+\def\Ypagenumber{\folio}
+\def\Ytitle{\thissection}
 \def\Ynothing{}
-\def\Yomitfromtoc{}
-\def\Ynumbered{%
+\def\Ysectionnumberandtype{%
-\ifnum\secno=0
+\ifnum\secno=0 \putwordChapter\xreftie\the\chapno %
-\putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno
+\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno %
-\else \ifnum\subsecno=0
+\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 %
-\putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno
+\putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno %
-\else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
+\else %
-\putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
+\putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno %
-\else
+\fi \fi \fi }
-\putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
-\fi\fi\fi
+\def\Yappendixletterandtype{%
-}
+\ifnum\secno=0 \putwordAppendix\xreftie'char\the\appendixno{}%
-\def\Yappendix{%
+\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno %
-\ifnum\secno=0
+\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 %
-\putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}%
+\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno %
-\else \ifnum\subsecno=0
+\else %
-\putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno
+\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno %
-\else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
+\fi \fi \fi }
-\putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
-\else
+\gdef\xreftie{'tie}
-\putwordSection@tie
-@char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
+% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
-\fi\fi\fi
+% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
-}
+%
+\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
+\let\linenumber = \empty % Non-3.0.
+\else
+\def\linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space}
+\fi
 % Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
 % If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
-%
 \def\refx#1#2{%
-{%
+\expandafter\ifx\csname X#1\endcsname\relax
-\indexnofonts
-\otherbackslash
-\expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
-\csname XR#1\endcsname
-}%
-\ifx\thisrefX\relax
 % If not defined, say something at least.
 \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
 \iflinks
 \ifhavexrefs
 \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
 \fi
 \fi
 \fi
 \else
 % It's defined, so just use it.
-\thisrefX
+\csname X#1\endcsname
 \fi
 #2% Output the suffix in any case.
 }
-% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.  Usually it's
+% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.
-% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid
+%
-% collisions).  But if this is a float type, we have more work to do.
+\def\xrdef#1{\begingroup
-%
+% Reenable \ as an escape while reading the second argument.
-\def\xrdef#1#2{%
+\catcode`\\ = 0
-{% The node name might contain 8-bit characters, which in our current
+\afterassignment\endgroup
-% implementation are changed to commands like @'e.  Don't let these
+\expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname
-% mess up the control sequence name.
-\indexnofonts
-\turnoffactive
-\xdef\safexrefname{#1}%
-}%
-%
-\expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref
-%
-% Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
-\expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname
-% it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype.
-\expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist
-\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname
-%
-% Is this the first time we've seen this float type?
-\expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax
-\toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do
-\else
-% had it before, so preserve previous elements in list.
-\toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}%
-\fi
-%
-% Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE,
-% for later use in \listoffloats.
-\expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0
-{\safexrefname}}%
-\fi
 }
 % Read the last existing aux file, if any.  No error if none exists.
-%
+\def\readauxfile{\begingroup
-\def\tryauxfile{%
-\openin 1 \jobname.aux
-\ifeof 1 \else
-\readdatafile{aux}%
-\global\havexrefstrue
-\fi
-\closein 1
-}
-\def\setupdatafile{%
 \catcode`\^^@=\other
 \catcode`\^^A=\other
 \catcode`\^^B=\other
 \catcode`\^^C=\other
 \catcode`\^^D=\other
 \catcode`\^^[=\other
 \catcode`\^^\=\other
 \catcode`\^^]=\other
 \catcode`\^^^=\other
 \catcode`\^^_=\other
-% It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
+\catcode`\@=\other
+\catcode`\^=\other
+% It was suggested to define this as 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
 % in xref tags, i.e., node names.  But since ^^e4 notation isn't
 % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable.  Furthermore,
 % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^
 % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat
 % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first
 %
 % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat:
 % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter
 % and then to call \auxhat in \setq.
 %
-\catcode`\^=\other
-%
-% Special characters.  Should be turned off anyway, but...
 \catcode`\~=\other
 \catcode`\[=\other
 \catcode`\]=\other
 \catcode`\"=\other
 \catcode`\_=\other
 \catcode`\<=\other
 \catcode`\>=\other
 \catcode`\$=\other
 \catcode`\#=\other
 \catcode`\&=\other
-\catcode`\%=\other
 \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
-%
+% Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters
-% This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \
-% characters end up in a \csname.  It's easier than
-% leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \
-% character.  What I don't understand is why it works in the *value*
-% of the xrdef.  Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that
-% should not typeset properly.  But it works, so I'm moving on for
-% now.  --karl, 15jan04.
-\catcode`\\=\other
-%
-% Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters.
 {%
-\count1=128
+\count 1=128
 \def\loop{%
-\catcode\count1=\other
+\catcode\count 1=\other
-\advance\count1 by 1
+\advance\count 1 by 1
-\ifnum \count1<256 \loop \fi
+\ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi
 }%
 }%
-%
+% The aux file uses ' as the escape (for now).
-% @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
+% Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on
+% entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names.
+% For example, 'xrdef {$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^
+% Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish,
+% but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in.
 \catcode`\{=1
 \catcode`\}=2
-\catcode`\@=0
+\catcode`\%=\other
-}
+\catcode`\'=0
+\catcode`\\=\other
-\def\readdatafile#1{%
+%
-\begingroup
+\openin 1 \jobname.aux
-\setupdatafile
+\ifeof 1 \else
-\input\jobname.#1
+\closein 1
+\input \jobname.aux
+\global\havexrefstrue
+\global\warnedobstrue
+\fi
+% Open the new aux file.  TeX will close it automatically at exit.
+\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
 \endgroup}
-\message{insertions,}
+% Footnotes.
-% including footnotes.
 \newcount \footnoteno
 % The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
 % vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
 \def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
 % @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.
 \let\footnotestyle=\comment
+\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
 {\catcode `\@=11
 %
 % Auto-number footnotes.  Otherwise like plain.
 \gdef\footnote{%
-\let\indent=\ptexindent
-\let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
 \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
 \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
 %
 % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
 % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
 \let\@sf\empty
-\ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi
+\ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi
 %
 % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
 \unskip
 \thisfootno\@sf
-\dofootnote
+\footnotezzz
 }%
 % Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
 % footnote text as a parameter.  Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
 %
-% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses
+% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset and anything else that uses
-% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
+% \parseargline fail inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
 % the footnote is read.  --karl, 16nov96.
 %
-\gdef\dofootnote{%
+\long\gdef\footnotezzz{\insert\footins\bgroup
-\insert\footins\bgroup
 % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
 % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
 % So reset some parameters.
-\hsize=\pagewidth
 \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
 \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
 \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
 \floatingpenalty\@MM
 \leftskip\z@skip
 \xspaceskip\z@skip
 \parindent\defaultparindent
 %
 \smallfonts \rm
 %
-% Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears
+% Hang the footnote text off the number.
-% to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op.  makeinfo does not use
+\hang
-% hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote
-% text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style).
-\let\noindent = \relax
-%
-% Hang the footnote text off the number.  Use \everypar in case the
-% footnote extends for more than one paragraph.
-\everypar = {\hang}%
 \textindent{\thisfootno}%
 %
 % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text.  Since this
 % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
 % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
 \footstrut
 \futurelet\next\fo@t
 }
+\def\fo@t{\ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\next \let\next\f@@t
+\else\let\next\f@t\fi \next}
+\def\f@@t{\bgroup\aftergroup\@foot\let\next}
+\def\f@t#1{#1\@foot}
+\def\@foot{\strut\par\egroup}
 }%end \catcode `\@=11
-% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
+% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
-% the real \insert just after the vbox finished.  Otherwise, the insertion
+% correspondingly.  There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
-% would be lost.
+% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
-% Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
+%
-% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
+\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
-% And the same can be done for other insert classes.  --kasal, 16nov03.
+\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
+\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
-% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
+%
-% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
+\def\setleading#1{%
-% out prematurely.
+\normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
-%
+\normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
-\def\startsavinginserts{%
+\normalbaselines
-\ifx \insert\ptexinsert
+\setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
-\let\insert\saveinsert
+\vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
-\else
+depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
-\let\checkinserts\relax
+}%
-\fi
+}
-}
+% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line.  It should
-% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and
+% surround any changed text.  This approach does *not* work if the
-% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}.
+% change spans more than two lines of output.  To handle that, we would
-%
+% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
-\def\saveinsert#1{%
+% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
-\edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}%
+%
-\afterassignment\next
+\def\|{%
-% swallow the left brace
+% \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
-\let\temp =
+\leavevmode
-}
+%
-\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}}
+% Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
-\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1}
+\vadjust{%
+% We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
-\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi}
+% leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
+\vskip-\baselineskip
-\def\placesaveins#1{%
+%
-\ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname
+% \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type.  So
-{\box#1}%
+% the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
-}
+\llap{%
+%
-% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other:
+% For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
-{
+\vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
-\def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials  %  ;-)
+%
-\gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{}
+% This is the space between the bar and the text.
-}
+\hskip 12pt
+}%
-% initialization:
+}%
-\def\newsaveins #1{%
+}
-\edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}%
-\next
+% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
-}
+% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
-\def\newsaveinsX #1{%
+% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
-\csname newbox\endcsname #1%
+%
-\expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts
+\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
-\checksaveins #1}%
-}
-% initialize:
-\let\checkinserts\empty
-\newsaveins\footins
-\newsaveins\margin
 % @image.  We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
 % If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
 %
 % Check for and read epsf.tex up front.  If we read it only at @image
 % time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
 % undone and the next image would fail.
 \openin 1 = epsf.tex
 \ifeof 1 \else
-% Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
+\closein 1
-% doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
+% Do not bother showing banner with post-v2.7 epsf.tex (available in
+% doc/epsf.tex until it shows up on ctan).
 \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
 \input epsf.tex
 \fi
-\closein 1
 %
 % We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
 \newif\ifwarnednoepsf
 \newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
 work.  It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
 \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
 \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
 \global\warnednoepsftrue
 \fi
 \else
-\imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish
+\imagexxx #1,,,\finish
 \fi
 }
 %
 % Arguments to @image:
 % #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
 % #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
-% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
+% #4 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
-% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
+\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
-% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
-\newif\ifimagevmode
-\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
-\catcode`\^^M = 5     % in case we're inside an example
-\normalturnoffactive  % allow _ et al. in names
-% If the image is by itself, center it.
-\ifvmode
-\imagevmodetrue
-\nobreak\medskip
-% Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
-% \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
-% above and below.
-\nobreak\vskip\parskip
-\nobreak
-\fi
-%
-% Leave vertical mode so that indentation from an enclosing
-% environment such as @quotation is respected.  On the other hand, if
-% it's at the top level, we don't want the normal paragraph indentation.
-\noindent
-%
-% Output the image.
 \ifpdf
-\dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+\centerline{\dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
 \else
 % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
-\epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+\begingroup
-\fi
+\catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
-%
+% If the image is by itself, center it.
-\ifimagevmode \medskip \fi  % space after the standalone image
+\ifvmode
-\endgroup}
+\nobreak\bigskip
+% Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
+% \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
-% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables,
+% above and below.
-% etc.  We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the
+\nobreak\vskip\parskip
-% float "here".  But it seemed the best name for the future.
+\nobreak
-%
+\centerline{\epsfbox{#1.eps}}%
-\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish}
+\bigbreak
+\else
-% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it.
+% In the middle of a paragraph, no extra space.
-\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,}
+\epsfbox{#1.eps}%
-% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically
-% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc.  Can't contain commas.  If omitted,
-% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to.
-%
-% #2 is the optional xref label.  Also must be present for the float to
-% be referable.
-%
-% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored.  It
-% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom).
-%
-% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each
-% chapter-level command.
-\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty
-%
-\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
-\let\thiscaption=\empty
-\let\thisshortcaption=\empty
-%
-% don't lose footnotes inside @float.
-%
-% BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an
-% insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04
-%
-\startsavinginserts
-%
-% We can't be used inside a paragraph.
-\par
-%
-\vtop\bgroup
-\def\floattype{#1}%
-\def\floatlabel{#2}%
-\def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet.
-%
-\ifx\floattype\empty
-\let\safefloattype=\empty
-\else
-{%
-% the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
-% but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
-\indexnofonts
-\turnoffactive
-\xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
-}%
-\fi
-%
-% If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type.
-\ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
-% We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1,
-% Table 1, Figure 2, ...).  (And if no label, no number.)
-%
-\expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname
-\global\advance\floatno by 1
-%
-{%
-% This magic value for \lastsection is output by \setref as the
-% XREFLABEL-title value.  \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
-% labels (which have a completely different output format) from
-% node and anchor labels.  And \xrdef uses it to construct the
-% lists of floats.
-%
-\edef\lastsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
-\setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
-}%
-\fi
-%
-% start with \parskip glue, I guess.
-\vskip\parskip
-%
-% Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section.
-\restorefirstparagraphindent
-}
-% we have these possibilities:
-% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap
-% @float Foo,lbl & no caption:    Foo 1.1
-% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}:     Foo: Cap
-% @float Foo & no caption:        Foo
-% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}:     1.1: Cap
-% @float ,lbl & no caption:       1.1
-% @float & @caption{Cap}:         Cap
-% @float & no caption:
-%
-\def\Efloat{%
-\let\floatident = \empty
-%
-% In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first.
-\ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi
-%
-% If we have an xref label, the number comes next.
-\ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
-\ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first.
-\appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}%
 \fi
-% the number.
-\appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
-\fi
-%
-% Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in
-% \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again.
-\let\captionline = \floatident
-%
-\ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
-\ifx\floatident\empty \else
-	\appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
-\fi
-%
-% caption text.
-\appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}%
-\fi
-%
-% If we have anything to print, print it, with space before.
-% Eventually this needs to become an \insert.
-\ifx\captionline\empty \else
-\vskip.5\parskip
-\captionline
-%
-% Space below caption.
-\vskip\parskip
-\fi
-%
-% If have an xref label, write the list of floats info.  Do this
-% after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint.
-\ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
-% Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as
-% \floatlabel-lof.  Besides \floatident, we include the short
-% caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
-{%
-\atdummies
-%
-% since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M
-% is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so
-% we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file.
-	\scanexp{%
-	  \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{%
-	    \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
-	      \thiscaption
-	    \else
-	      \thisshortcaption
-	    \fi
-	  }%
-	}%
-\immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident
-	  \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
-}%
-\fi
-\egroup  % end of \vtop
-%
-% place the captured inserts
-%
-% BEWARE: when the floats start floating, we have to issue warning
-% whenever an insert appears inside a float which could possibly
-% float. --kasal, 26may04
-%
-\checkinserts
-}
-% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either.
-%
-\def\appendtomacro#1#2{%
-\expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}%
-}
-% @caption, @shortcaption
-%
-\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption}
-\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption}
-\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption}
-\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}}
-% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are
-% going to use.  Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno.
-\def\getfloatno#1{%
-\ifx#1\relax
-% Haven't seen this figure type before.
-\csname newcount\endcsname #1%
-%
-% Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap.
-\expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos
-\expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }%
-\fi
-\let\floatno#1%
-}
-% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value.  We want an @xref
-% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1".  We call \setref when we
-% first read the @float command.
-%
-\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
-% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can
-% distinguish floats from other xref types.
-\def\floatmagic{!!float!!}
-% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
-% which is true if #1 represents a float ref.  That is, the magic
-% \lastsection value which we \setref above.
-%
-\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
-%
-% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string.  If so, #2 will be the
-% (safe) float type for this float.  We set \iffloattype to #2.
-%
-\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{%
-\def\temp{#1}%
-\def\iffloattype{#2}%
-\ifx\temp\floatmagic
-}
-% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents.
-%
-\parseargdef\listoffloats{%
-\def\floattype{#1}% floattype
-{%
-% the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
-% but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
-\indexnofonts
-\turnoffactive
-\xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
-}%
-%
-% \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE.
-\expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax
-\ifhavexrefs
-% if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo.
-\message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}%
-\fi
-\else
-\begingroup
-\leftskip=\tocindent  % indent these entries like a toc
-\let\do=\listoffloatsdo
-\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname
 \endgroup
 \fi
 }
-% This is called on each entry in a list of floats.  We're passed the
-% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the
-% aux file.  We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which
-% has the text we're supposed to typeset here.
-%
-% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since
-% they won't appear in the aux file).
-%
-\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish}
-\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{%
-% Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything.  Just
-% pass the control sequence.  On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the
-% page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link
-% in pdf output.
-\toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}%
-%
-% use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index.
-\edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}%
-\writeentry
-}}
 \message{localization,}
+% and i18n.
 % @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after
 % @setfilename.  If done too late, it may not override everything
-% properly.  Single argument is the language (de) or locale (de_DE)
+% properly.  Single argument is the language abbreviation.
-% abbreviation.  It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file.
+% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here.
 %
-{
+\def\documentlanguage{\parsearg\dodocumentlanguage}
-\catcode`\_ = \active
+\def\dodocumentlanguage#1{%
-\globaldefs=1
-\parseargdef\documentlanguage{\begingroup
-\let_=\normalunderscore  % normal _ character for filenames
 \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
-% Read the file by the name they passed if it exists.
+% Read the file if it exists.
-\openin 1 txi-#1.tex
-\ifeof 1
-\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore{#1_\finish}%
-\else
-\input txi-#1.tex
-\fi
-\closein 1
-\endgroup
-\endgroup}
-}
-%
-% If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist,
-% try txi-de.tex.
-%
-\def\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{%
 \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
-\ifeof 1
+\ifeof1
 \errhelp = \nolanghelp
 \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
+\let\temp = \relax
 \else
-\input txi-#1.tex
+\def\temp{\input txi-#1.tex }%
 \fi
-\closein 1
+\temp
-}
+\endgroup
-%
+}
 \newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
 is empty.  Maybe you need to install it?  In the current directory
 should work if nowhere else does.}
-% Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number.
-%
+% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most
-\def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{%
+% likely, but for now just recognize it.
-\count255=128
+\let\documentencoding = \comment
-\loop\ifnum\count255<256
-\global\catcode\count255=#1\relax
-\advance\count255 by 1
+% Page size parameters.
-\repeat
+%
-}
-\def\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal#1{%
-\count255=128
-\loop\ifnum\count255<256
-\catcode\count255=#1\relax
-\advance\count255 by 1
-\repeat
-}
-% @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters
-% according to the specified encoding.
-%
-\parseargdef\documentencoding{%
-% Encoding being declared for the document.
-\def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}%
-%
-% Supported encodings: names converted to tokens in order to be able
-% to compare them with \ifx.
-\def\ascii{\csname US-ASCII.enc\endcsname}%
-\def\latnine{\csname ISO-8859-15.enc\endcsname}%
-\def\latone{\csname ISO-8859-1.enc\endcsname}%
-\def\lattwo{\csname ISO-8859-2.enc\endcsname}%
-\def\utfeight{\csname UTF-8.enc\endcsname}%
-%
-\ifx \declaredencoding \ascii
-\asciichardefs
-%
-\else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo
-\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
-\lattwochardefs
-%
-\else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
-\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
-\latonechardefs
-%
-\else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine
-\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
-\latninechardefs
-%
-\else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
-\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
-\utfeightchardefs
-%
-\else
-\message{Unknown document encoding #1, ignoring.}%
-%
-\fi % utfeight
-\fi % latnine
-\fi % latone
-\fi % lattwo
-\fi % ascii
-}
-% A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available
-% the default font encoding (OT1).
-%
-\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing in OT1 encoding: #1.}}
-% Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference.
-\def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi}
-% First, make active non-ASCII characters in order for them to be
-% correctly categorized when TeX reads the replacement text of
-% macros containing the character definitions.
-\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
-%
-% Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions.
-\def\latonechardefs{%
-\gdef^^a0{~}
-\gdef^^a1{\exclamdown}
-\gdef^^a2{\missingcharmsg{CENT SIGN}}
-\gdef^^a3{{\pounds}}
-\gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
-\gdef^^a5{\missingcharmsg{YEN SIGN}}
-\gdef^^a6{\missingcharmsg{BROKEN BAR}}
-\gdef^^a7{\S}
-\gdef^^a8{\"{}}
-\gdef^^a9{\copyright}
-\gdef^^aa{\ordf}
-\gdef^^ab{\missingcharmsg{LEFT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK}}
-\gdef^^ac{$\lnot$}
-\gdef^^ad{\-}
-\gdef^^ae{\registeredsymbol}
-\gdef^^af{\={}}
-%
-\gdef^^b0{\textdegree}
-\gdef^^b1{$\pm$}
-\gdef^^b2{$^2$}
-\gdef^^b3{$^3$}
-\gdef^^b4{\'{}}
-\gdef^^b5{$\mu$}
-\gdef^^b6{\P}
-%
-\gdef^^b7{$^.$}
-\gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ }
-\gdef^^b9{$^1$}
-\gdef^^ba{\ordm}
-%
-\gdef^^bb{\missingcharmsg{RIGHT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK}}
-\gdef^^bc{$1\over4$}
-\gdef^^bd{$1\over2$}
-\gdef^^be{$3\over4$}
-\gdef^^bf{\questiondown}
-%
-\gdef^^c0{\`A}
-\gdef^^c1{\'A}
-\gdef^^c2{\^A}
-\gdef^^c3{\~A}
-\gdef^^c4{\"A}
-\gdef^^c5{\ringaccent A}
-\gdef^^c6{\AE}
-\gdef^^c7{\cedilla C}
-\gdef^^c8{\`E}
-\gdef^^c9{\'E}
-\gdef^^ca{\^E}
-\gdef^^cb{\"E}
-\gdef^^cc{\`I}
-\gdef^^cd{\'I}
-\gdef^^ce{\^I}
-\gdef^^cf{\"I}
-%
-\gdef^^d0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER ETH}}
-\gdef^^d1{\~N}
-\gdef^^d2{\`O}
-\gdef^^d3{\'O}
-\gdef^^d4{\^O}
-\gdef^^d5{\~O}
-\gdef^^d6{\"O}
-\gdef^^d7{$\times$}
-\gdef^^d8{\O}
-\gdef^^d9{\`U}
-\gdef^^da{\'U}
-\gdef^^db{\^U}
-\gdef^^dc{\"U}
-\gdef^^dd{\'Y}
-\gdef^^de{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER THORN}}
-\gdef^^df{\ss}
-%
-\gdef^^e0{\`a}
-\gdef^^e1{\'a}
-\gdef^^e2{\^a}
-\gdef^^e3{\~a}
-\gdef^^e4{\"a}
-\gdef^^e5{\ringaccent a}
-\gdef^^e6{\ae}
-\gdef^^e7{\cedilla c}
-\gdef^^e8{\`e}
-\gdef^^e9{\'e}
-\gdef^^ea{\^e}
-\gdef^^eb{\"e}
-\gdef^^ec{\`{\dotless i}}
-\gdef^^ed{\'{\dotless i}}
-\gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless i}}
-\gdef^^ef{\"{\dotless i}}
-%
-\gdef^^f0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER ETH}}
-\gdef^^f1{\~n}
-\gdef^^f2{\`o}
-\gdef^^f3{\'o}
-\gdef^^f4{\^o}
-\gdef^^f5{\~o}
-\gdef^^f6{\"o}
-\gdef^^f7{$\div$}
-\gdef^^f8{\o}
-\gdef^^f9{\`u}
-\gdef^^fa{\'u}
-\gdef^^fb{\^u}
-\gdef^^fc{\"u}
-\gdef^^fd{\'y}
-\gdef^^fe{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER THORN}}
-\gdef^^ff{\"y}
-}
-% Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions.
-\def\latninechardefs{%
-% Encoding is almost identical to Latin1.
-\latonechardefs
-%
-\gdef^^a4{\euro}
-\gdef^^a6{\v S}
-\gdef^^a8{\v s}
-\gdef^^b4{\v Z}
-\gdef^^b8{\v z}
-\gdef^^bc{\OE}
-\gdef^^bd{\oe}
-\gdef^^be{\"Y}
-}
-% Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions.
-\def\lattwochardefs{%
-\gdef^^a0{~}
-\gdef^^a1{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH OGONEK}}
-\gdef^^a2{\u{}}
-\gdef^^a3{\L}
-\gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
-\gdef^^a5{\v L}
-\gdef^^a6{\'S}
-\gdef^^a7{\S}
-\gdef^^a8{\"{}}
-\gdef^^a9{\v S}
-\gdef^^aa{\cedilla S}
-\gdef^^ab{\v T}
-\gdef^^ac{\'Z}
-\gdef^^ad{\-}
-\gdef^^ae{\v Z}
-\gdef^^af{\dotaccent Z}
-%
-\gdef^^b0{\textdegree}
-\gdef^^b1{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH OGONEK}}
-\gdef^^b2{\missingcharmsg{OGONEK}}
-\gdef^^b3{\l}
-\gdef^^b4{\'{}}
-\gdef^^b5{\v l}
-\gdef^^b6{\'s}
-\gdef^^b7{\v{}}
-\gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ }
-\gdef^^b9{\v s}
-\gdef^^ba{\cedilla s}
-\gdef^^bb{\v t}
-\gdef^^bc{\'z}
-\gdef^^bd{\H{}}
-\gdef^^be{\v z}
-\gdef^^bf{\dotaccent z}
-%
-\gdef^^c0{\'R}
-\gdef^^c1{\'A}
-\gdef^^c2{\^A}
-\gdef^^c3{\u A}
-\gdef^^c4{\"A}
-\gdef^^c5{\'L}
-\gdef^^c6{\'C}
-\gdef^^c7{\cedilla C}
-\gdef^^c8{\v C}
-\gdef^^c9{\'E}
-\gdef^^ca{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH OGONEK}}
-\gdef^^cb{\"E}
-\gdef^^cc{\v E}
-\gdef^^cd{\'I}
-\gdef^^ce{\^I}
-\gdef^^cf{\v D}
-%
-\gdef^^d0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D WITH STROKE}}
-\gdef^^d1{\'N}
-\gdef^^d2{\v N}
-\gdef^^d3{\'O}
-\gdef^^d4{\^O}
-\gdef^^d5{\H O}
-\gdef^^d6{\"O}
-\gdef^^d7{$\times$}
-\gdef^^d8{\v R}
-\gdef^^d9{\ringaccent U}
-\gdef^^da{\'U}
-\gdef^^db{\H U}
-\gdef^^dc{\"U}
-\gdef^^dd{\'Y}
-\gdef^^de{\cedilla T}
-\gdef^^df{\ss}
-%
-\gdef^^e0{\'r}
-\gdef^^e1{\'a}
-\gdef^^e2{\^a}
-\gdef^^e3{\u a}
-\gdef^^e4{\"a}
-\gdef^^e5{\'l}
-\gdef^^e6{\'c}
-\gdef^^e7{\cedilla c}
-\gdef^^e8{\v c}
-\gdef^^e9{\'e}
-\gdef^^ea{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH OGONEK}}
-\gdef^^eb{\"e}
-\gdef^^ec{\v e}
-\gdef^^ed{\'\i}
-\gdef^^ee{\^\i}
-\gdef^^ef{\v d}
-%
-\gdef^^f0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH STROKE}}
-\gdef^^f1{\'n}
-\gdef^^f2{\v n}
-\gdef^^f3{\'o}
-\gdef^^f4{\^o}
-\gdef^^f5{\H o}
-\gdef^^f6{\"o}
-\gdef^^f7{$\div$}
-\gdef^^f8{\v r}
-\gdef^^f9{\ringaccent u}
-\gdef^^fa{\'u}
-\gdef^^fb{\H u}
-\gdef^^fc{\"u}
-\gdef^^fd{\'y}
-\gdef^^fe{\cedilla t}
-\gdef^^ff{\dotaccent{}}
-}
-% UTF-8 character definitions.
-%
-% This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some
-% changes for Texinfo conventions.  It is included here under the GPL by
-% permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team.
-%
-\newcount\countUTFx
-\newcount\countUTFy
-\newcount\countUTFz
-\gdef\UTFviiiTwoOctets#1#2{\expandafter
-\UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}
-%
-\gdef\UTFviiiThreeOctets#1#2#3{\expandafter
-\UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}
-%
-\gdef\UTFviiiFourOctets#1#2#3#4{\expandafter
-\UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}
-\gdef\UTFviiiDefined#1{%
-\ifx #1\relax
-\message{\linenumber Unicode char \string #1 not defined for Texinfo}%
-\else
-\expandafter #1%
-\fi
-}
-\begingroup
-\catcode`\~13
-\catcode`\"12
-\def\UTFviiiLoop{%
-\global\catcode\countUTFx\active
-\uccode`\~\countUTFx
-\uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}%
-\advance\countUTFx by 1
-\ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy
-\expandafter\UTFviiiLoop
-\fi}
-\countUTFx = "C2
-\countUTFy = "E0
-\def\UTFviiiTmp{%
-\xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiTwoOctets\string~}}
-\UTFviiiLoop
-\countUTFx = "E0
-\countUTFy = "F0
-\def\UTFviiiTmp{%
-\xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiThreeOctets\string~}}
-\UTFviiiLoop
-\countUTFx = "F0
-\countUTFy = "F4
-\def\UTFviiiTmp{%
-\xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiFourOctets\string~}}
-\UTFviiiLoop
-\endgroup
-\begingroup
-\catcode`\"=12
-\catcode`\<=12
-\catcode`\.=12
-\catcode`\,=12
-\catcode`\;=12
-\catcode`\!=12
-\catcode`\~=13
-\gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacter#1#2{%
-\countUTFz = "#1\relax
-\wlog{\space\space defining Unicode char U+#1 (decimal \the\countUTFz)}%
-\begingroup
-\parseXMLCharref
-\def\UTFviiiTwoOctets##1##2{%
-\csname u8:##1\string ##2\endcsname}%
-\def\UTFviiiThreeOctets##1##2##3{%
-\csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\endcsname}%
-\def\UTFviiiFourOctets##1##2##3##4{%
-\csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\string ##4\endcsname}%
-\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
-\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
-\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2}%
-\endgroup}
-\gdef\parseXMLCharref{%
-\ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax
-\errhelp = \EMsimple
-\errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}%
-\else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax
-\parseUTFviiiA,%
-\parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctets.,%
-\else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax
-\parseUTFviiiA;%
-\parseUTFviiiA,%
-\parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctets.{,;}%
-\else
-\parseUTFviiiA;%
-\parseUTFviiiA,%
-\parseUTFviiiA!%
-\parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctets.{!,;}%
-\fi\fi\fi
-}
-\gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{%
-\countUTFx = \countUTFz
-\divide\countUTFz by 64
-\countUTFy = \countUTFz
-\multiply\countUTFz by 64
-\advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz
-\advance\countUTFx by 128
-\uccode `#1\countUTFx
-\countUTFz = \countUTFy}
-\gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{%
-\advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax
-\uccode `#3\countUTFz
-\uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}}
-\endgroup
-\def\utfeightchardefs{%
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{t}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{T}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\point}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv}
-}% end of \utfeightchardefs
-% US-ASCII character definitions.
-\def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done
-\relax
-}
-% Make non-ASCII characters printable again for compatibility with
-% existing Texinfo documents that may use them, even without declaring a
-% document encoding.
-%
-\setnonasciicharscatcode \other
-\message{formatting,}
 \newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
 \chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
 \secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
 \subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
 \vbadness = 10000
 % Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
 \hbadness = 2000
-% Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans.
+% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans.
 \widowpenalty=10000
 \clubpenalty=10000
 % Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
 % using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.  We want the amount of
 \else
 \emergencystretch = .15\hsize
 \fi
 }
-% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth;
+% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset;
-% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip;
+% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip.  Then whoever calls us can
-% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width.
+% set \parskip and call \setleading for \baselineskip.
 %
-% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
+\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
-% \textleading.  The caller should also set \parskip.
-%
-\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
 \voffset = #3\relax
 \topskip = #6\relax
 \splittopskip = \topskip
 %
 \vsize = #1\relax
 \pagewidth = \hsize
 %
 \normaloffset = #4\relax
 \bindingoffset = #5\relax
 %
-\ifpdf
-\pdfpageheight #7\relax
-\pdfpagewidth #8\relax
-% if we don't reset these, they will remain at "1 true in" of
-% whatever layout pdftex was dumped with.
-\pdfhorigin = 1 true in
-\pdfvorigin = 1 true in
-\fi
-%
-\setleading{\textleading}
-%
 \parindent = \defaultparindent
 \setemergencystretch
 }
 % @letterpaper (the default).
 \def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-\textleading = 13.2pt
+\setleading{13.2pt}%
 %
 % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
-\internalpagesizes{607.2pt}{6in}% that's 46 lines
+\internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}{\voffset}{.25in}{\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
-{\voffset}{.25in}%
-{\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
-{11in}{8.5in}%
 }}
-% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size.
+% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format.
 \def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
 \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
-\textleading = 12pt
+\setleading{12pt}%
 %
-\internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
+\internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5.in}{\voffset}{.25in}{\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
-{-.2in}{0in}%
-{\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
-{9.25in}{7in}%
 %
 \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
 \tolerance = 700
 \hfuzz = 1pt
 \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+\deftypemargin = 0pt
 \defbodyindent = .5cm
+%
+\let\smalldisplay = \smalldisplayx
+\let\smallexample = \smalllispx
+\let\smallformat = \smallformatx
+\let\smalllisp = \smalllispx
 }}
-% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size.
+% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
-% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.)
+\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
-\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1
+\setleading{12pt}%
-\parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt
+\parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-\textleading = 12pt
+%
-%
+\internalpagesizes{53\baselineskip}{160mm}{\voffset}{4mm}{\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
-\internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}%
+%
-{-.2in}{-.4in}%
-{0pt}{14pt}%
-{9in}{6in}%
-%
-\lispnarrowing = 0.25in
 \tolerance = 700
 \hfuzz = 1pt
-\contentsrightmargin = 0pt
-\defbodyindent = .4cm
 }}
-% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
+% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.  Top margin
-\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+% 29mm, hence bottom margin 28mm, nominal side margin 3cm.
-\parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-\textleading = 13.2pt
-%
-% Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050
-% prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm.
-% To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust
-% \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align.  Then
-% do the same for \bindingoffset.  You can set these for testing in
-% your texinfo source file like this:
-% @tex
-% \global\normaloffset = -6mm
-% \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
-% @end tex
-\internalpagesizes{673.2pt}{160mm}% that's 51 lines
-{\voffset}{\hoffset}%
-{\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
-{297mm}{210mm}%
-%
-\tolerance = 700
-\hfuzz = 1pt
-\contentsrightmargin = 0pt
-\defbodyindent = 5mm
-}}
-% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
-% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
-% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
-\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
-\parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
-\textleading = 12.5pt
-%
-\internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}%
-{\voffset}{\hoffset}%
-{\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
-{210mm}{148mm}%
-%
-\lispnarrowing = 0.2in
-\tolerance = 800
-\hfuzz = 1.2pt
-\contentsrightmargin = 0pt
-\defbodyindent = 2mm
-\tableindent = 12mm
-}}
-% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.
 \def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
+\setleading{13.6pt}%
+%
 \afourpaper
-\internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}%
+\internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}{3.6mm}{3.6mm}{3mm}{7mm}%
-{\voffset}{4.6mm}%
+%
-{\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
-{297mm}{210mm}%
-%
-% Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper.
 \globaldefs = 0
 }}
-% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format.
+% Use @afourwide to print on European A4 paper in wide format.
-\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1
+\def\afourwide{%
 \afourpaper
-\internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}%
+\internalpagesizes{9.5in}{6.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
-{\voffset}{-2.95mm}%
+%
-{\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
-{297mm}{210mm}%
 \globaldefs = 0
-}}
+}
 % @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
 % Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
 % and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
 %
-\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
+\def\pagesizes{\parsearg\pagesizesxxx}
+\def\pagesizesxxx#1{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
 \def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
 \globaldefs = 1
 %
 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-\setleading{\textleading}%
+\setleading{13.2pt}%
 %
-\dimen0 = #1\relax
+\internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}{\voffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
-\advance\dimen0 by \voffset
-%
-\dimen2 = \hsize
-\advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset
-%
-\internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
-{\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
-{\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
-{\dimen0}{\dimen2}%
 }}
 % Set default to letter.
 %
 \letterpaper
 \def\normalunderscore{_}
 \def\normalverticalbar{|}
 \def\normalless{<}
 \def\normalgreater{>}
 \def\normalplus{+}
-\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
+\def\normaldollar{$}
-% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt
+% This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont
-% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts,
+% where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts,
 % where something hairier probably needs to be done.
 %
 % #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
 % otherwise.  Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
 % interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
 \catcode`\^=\active
 \def^{{\tt \hat}}
 \catcode`\_=\active
 \def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
-\let\realunder=_
 % Subroutine for the previous macro.
-\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
+\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}}
 \catcode`\|=\active
 \def|{{\tt\char124}}
 \chardef \less=`\<
 \catcode`\<=\active
 \catcode`\>=\active
 \def>{{\tt \gtr}}
 \catcode`\+=\active
 \def+{{\tt \char 43}}
 \catcode`\$=\active
-\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
+\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}
+%\catcode 27=\active
+%\def^^[{$\diamondsuit$}
+% Set up an active definition for =, but don't enable it most of the time.
+{\catcode`\==\active
+\global\def={{\tt \char 61}}}
+\catcode`+=\active
+\catcode`\_=\active
 % If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
 % name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
 % So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
 % \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
 \def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
-% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after
-% parsing them.
-\def\turnoffactive{%
-\normalturnoffactive
-\otherbackslash
-}
 \catcode`\@=0
-% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
+% \rawbackslashxx output one backslash character in current font
-% as in \char`\\.
+\global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\
-\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
+%{\catcode`\\=\other
-\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont  % let existing .??s files work
+%@gdef@rawbackslashxx{\}}
-% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and
+% \rawbackslash redefines \ as input to do \rawbackslashxx.
-% \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines).
+{\catcode`\\=\active
-{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}}
+@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@rawbackslashxx }}
-% In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
+% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font.
-% in fixed width font.
+\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}}
+% \catcode 17=0   % Define control-q
 \catcode`\\=\active
-@def@normalbackslash{{@tt@backslashcurfont}}
-% On startup, @fixbackslash assigns:
+% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters
-%  @let \ = @normalbackslash
+% even after parsing them.
+@def@turnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote
-% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont.
+@let\=@realbackslash
-% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
+@let~=@normaltilde
-% catcode other.
+@let^=@normalcaret
-@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont}
+@let_=@normalunderscore
-@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
+@let|=@normalverticalbar
+@let<=@normalless
-% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
+@let>=@normalgreater
-% the literal character `\'.
+@let+=@normalplus
-%
+@let$=@normaldollar}
-@def@normalturnoffactive{%
-@let\=@normalbackslash
+@def@normalturnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote
-@let"=@normaldoublequote
+@let\=@normalbackslash
 @let~=@normaltilde
 @let^=@normalcaret
 @let_=@normalunderscore
 @let|=@normalverticalbar
 @let<=@normalless
 @let>=@normalgreater
 @let+=@normalplus
-@let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
+@let$=@normaldollar}
-@unsepspaces
-}
 % Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
 % This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
 @otherifyactive
 %
 @gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
 @global@let\ = @eatinput
 % On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
-% the first `\' in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
+% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
 % that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
-% Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
+% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input
 % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
 %
 @gdef@fixbackslash{%
 @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
 @catcode`+=@active
 }
 % Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
 @escapechar = `@@
 % These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
 @catcode`@& = @other
 @catcode`@# = @other
 @catcode`@% = @other
+@c Set initial fonts.
+@textfonts
+@rm
 @c Local variables:
 @c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
 @c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
 @c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
 @c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
 @c time-stamp-end: "}"
 @c End:
-@c vim:sw=2:
-@ignore
-arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115
-@end ignore

Mercurial > hg > xemacs-beta

comparison man/texinfo.tex @ 5497:70af4098e14f